This is the book review.
Economics
ules
E N F THE
Dani Rodrik
W. W. NORTON & COMPANY
Independent Publishers Since 1923
New York I London
Copyright© 2015 by Dani Rodrik
All rights reserved
Printed in the United States of America
First Edition
For information about permission to reproduce selections from this book,
write to Permissions, W. W. Norton & Company, Inc.,
500 Fifth Avenue, New York, N Y 10110
For information about special discounts for bulk purchases, please contact
W.W. Nortori-sp-ecial Sales at specialsa [email protected] or 800-233-4830
Manufacturing by RR Donnelley Harrisonburg
Book design by Chris Welch Design
Production manager: Julia Druskin
ISBN: 978-0-393-24641-4
W.W. Norton & Company, Inc.
500 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10110
www.wwnorton.com
W.W. Norton & Company Ltd.
Castle House, 75176 Wells Street, London W1T 3QT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0
To MY MOTHER, KARMELA RODRIK,
AND THE MEMORY OF MY FATHER, VITALI RODRIK.
THEY GAVE ME THE LOVE OF LEARNING AND THE POSSIBILITIES
FOR EMBRACING IT.
CONTENTS
Preface and Acknowledgments xi
INTRODUCTION The Use and Misuse of Economic Ideas
CHAPTER 1
CHAPTER 2
CHAPTER 3
CHAPTER 4
CHAPTER 5
CHAPTER 6
EPILOGUE
Notes 217
Index 233
What Models Do 9
The Science of Economic Modeling 45
Navigating among Models 83
Models and Theories 113
When Economists Go Wrong 147
Economics and Its Critics 177
The Twenty Commandments 213
PREFACE AND
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This book has its origins in a course I taught with Roberto
Mangabeira Unger on political economy for several years at
Harvard. In his inimitable fashion, Roberto pushed me to
think hard about the strengths and weaknesses of economics
and to articulate what I found useful in the economic method.
The discipline had become sterile and stale, Roberto argued,
because economics had given up on grand social theorizing
in the style of Adam Smith and Karl Marx. I pointed out, in
turn, that the strength of economics lay precisely in small-scale
theorizing, the kind of contextual thinking that clarifies cause
and effect and sheds light-even if partial-on social reality. A
modest science practiced with humility, I argued, is more likely
to be useful than a search for universal theories about how capi
talist systems function or what determines wealth and poverty
around the world. I don't think I ever convinced him, but I
hope he will find that his arguments did have some impact.
xi
PR E FAC E A N D ACK N O WL E D GM E N T S
The idea ofairing these thoughts in the form of a book finally
jelled at the Institute for Advanced Study (IAS), to which I
moved in the summer of 2 0 1 3 for two enjoyable years. I had
spent the bulk of my academic career in multidisciplinary envi
ronments, and I considered myself well exposed to-if not well
versed in-different traditions within the social sciences. But the
institute was a mind-stretching experience of an entirely differ
ent order of magnitude. The institute's School of Social Science,
my new home, was grounded in humanistic and interpretive
approaches that stand in sharp contrast to the empiricist positiv
ism of economics. In my encounters with many of the visitors
to the school-drawn from anthropology, sociology, history,
philosophy, and political science, alongside economics-I was
struck by a strong undercurrent of suspicion toward econo
mists. To them, economists either stated the obvious or greatly
overreached by applying simple frameworks to complex social
phenomena. I sometimes felt that the few economists around
were treated as the idiots savants of social science: good with
math and statistics, but not much use otherwise.
The irony was that I had seen this kind of attitude before-in
reverse. Hang around a bunch of economists and see what they
say about sociology or anthropology! To economists, other social
scientists are soft, undisciplined, verbose, insufficiently empiri
cal, or (alternatively) inadequately versed in the pitfalls of empir
ical analysis. Economists know how to think and get results,
while others go around in circles. So perhaps I should have b een
ready for the suspicions going in the opposite direction.
xii
PR E FAC E A N D ACK N O WL E D GM E N T S
One of the surprising consequences of my immersion in the
disciplinary maelstrom of the institute was that it made me feel
better as an economist. I have long been critical of my fellow
economists for being narrow-minded, taking their models too
literally, and paying inadequate attention to social processes .
But I felt that many o f the criticisms coming from outside the
field missed the point. There was too much misinformation
about what economists really do. And I couldn't help but think
that some of the practices in the other social sciences could b e
improved with the kind of attention t o analytic argumentation
and evidence that is the bread and butter of economists.
Yet it was also clear that economists had none other than
themselves to blame for this state of affairs. The problem is not
just their sense of self-satisfaction and their often doctrinaire
attachment to a particular way of looking at the world. It is
also that economists do a bad j ob of presenting their science to
others. A substantial part of this book is devoted to showing
that economics encompasses a large and evolving variety of
frameworks, with different interpretations of how the world
works and diverse implications for public policy. Yet, what
noneconomists typically hear from economics sounds like a
single-minded paean to markets, rationality, and selfish behav
ior. Economists excel at contingent explanations of social life
accounts that are explicit about how markets (and government
intervention therein) produce different consequences for effi
ciency, equity, and economic growth, depending on specific
background conditions. Yet economists often come across as
xiii
PR E FAC E A N D ACK N O WL E D GM E N T S
pronouncing universal economic laws that hold everywhere,
regardless of context.
I felt there was a need for a book that would bridge this
divide-one aimed at both economists and noneconomists.
My message for economists is that they need a better story
about the kind of science they practice . I will provide an
alternative framing highlighting the useful work that goes on
within economics , while making transparent the pitfalls to
which the practitioners of the science are prone. My message
for noneconomists is that many of the standard criticisms of
economics lose their bite under this alternative account . There
is much to criticize in economics , but there is also much to
appreciate (and emulate) .
The Institute for Advanced Study was the p erfect environ
ment for writing this book in more than one way. With its
quiet woods, excellent meals, and incredible resources, the IAS
is a true scholars' haven. Faculty colleagues Danielle Allen,
Didier Fassin, Joan Scott, and Michael Walzer stimulated my
thinking about economics and provided inspiration with their
contrasting, but equally exacting, models of scholarship. My
faculty assistant, Nancy Cotterman, gave me useful feedback
on the manuscript on top of her amazingly efficient adminis
trative support. I am grateful to the institute's leadership, espe
cially its director, Robbert Dijkgraaf, for allowing me to be
part of this extraordinary intellectual community.
Andrew Wylie's guidance and advice ensured that the
manuscript would end up in the right hands-namely, W. W.
xiv
PR E FAC E A N D ACK N O WL E D GM E N T S
Norton. At Norton, Brendan Curry was a wonderful editor
and Stephanie Hiebert meticulously copyedited the manu
script; they both improved the book in countless ways. Special
thanks to Avinash Dixit, a scholar who exemplifies the virtues
of economists that I discuss in this book, who provided detailed
comment and suggestions. My friends and coauthors Sharun
Mukand and Arvind Subramanian generously gave their time
and helped shape the overall project with their ideas and con
tributions. Last but not least, my greatest debt, as always, is
to my wife, Pmar Dogan, who gave me her love and support
throughout, in addition to helping me clarify my argument
and discussion of economics concepts.
x v
Economics
Rules
INTRODU CTION
The Use and Misuse of
Economic Ideas
elegates from forty-four nations met in the New
Hampshire resort of Bretton Woo ds in July 1944 to
construct the postwar international economic order.
When they left three weeks later, they had designed the con
stitution of a global system that would last for more than three
decades. The system was the brainchild of two economists:
the towering English giant of the profession, John Maynard
Keynes; and the US Treasury official Harry Dexter White.*
* Whether White was actually a Soviet spy has been an ongoing controversy.
The case against White was made forcefully in B enn Steil 's The Battle of
Bretton Woods: John Maynard Keynes, Harry Dexter White, and the Making of
a New World Order (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2 0 1 3). For
the argument on the other side, see James M. Boughton, "Dirtying White:
Why Does B enn Steil's History of Bretton Woods Distort the Ideas of
Harry Dexter White?" Nation, June 24, 2 0 1 3 . Whatever the facts of the
case, it is clear that the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
Keynes and White differed on many matters, especially where
issues of national interest were at stake, but they had in com
mon a mental frame shaped by the experience of the interwar
period. Their obj ective was to avoid the upheavals of the last
years of the Gold Standard and of the Great Depression. They
agreed . that achieving this goal required fixed, but occasionally
adjustable, exchange rates; liberalization of international trade
but not capital flows; enlarged scope for national monetary and
fiscal policies ; and enhanced cooperation through two new
international agencies, the International Monetary Fund and
the International B ank for Reconstruction and Development
(which came to be known as the World B ank) .
Keynes and White's regime proved remarkably successful.
It unleashed an era of unprecedented economic growth and
stability for advanced market economies, as well as for scores
of countries that would become newly independent. The sys
tem was eventually -undermined in the 1970s by the growth of
speculative capital flows, which Keynes had warned against.
But it remained the standard for global institutional engineer
ing. Through each successive upheaval of the world economy,
the rallying cry of the reformers was "a new Bretton Woo ds! "
In 1952 , a Columbia University economist named Wil
liam Vickrey proposed a new pricing system for the New
served quite well the economic interests of the United States (as well as
those of the rest of the Western world) in the decades following the end of
the Second World War.
2
T H E U S E A N D M I S U S E O F E C O N O M I C I D E A S
York City subway. He recommended that fares be increased at
peak times and in sections with high traffic, and be lowered at
other times and in other sections. This system of "congestion
pricing" was nothing other than the application of economic
supply-demand principles to public transport. Differential fares
would give commuters with more-flexible hours the incentive
to avoid peak travel times . They would allow passenger traffic
to spread out over time, reducing the pressure on the system
while enabling even larger total passenger flow. Vickrey would
later recommend a similar system for roads and auto traffic as
well. But many thought his ideas were crazy and unworkable.
Singapore was the first country to put congestion pricing to
a test. Beginning in 1975, Singaporean drivers were charged
tolls for entering the central business district. This system was
replaced in 1 9 9 8 by an electronic toll, which made it p ossible to
charge drivers varying rates depending on the average speed of
traffic in the network. By all accounts, the system has reduced
traffic congestion, increased public-transport use, reduced car
bon emissions, and generated considerable revenue for the Sin
gaporean authorities to boot. Its success has led other maj or
cities, like London, Milan, and Stockholm, to emulate it with
various modifications .
In 1 997, Santiago Levy, an economics professor at Boston
University serving as deputy minister of finance in his native
Mexico, sought to overhaul the government's antipoverty
approach. Existing programs provided assistance to the poor
mainly in the form of food subsidies. Levy argued that these
3
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
programs were ineffective and inefficient. A central tenet of
economics holds that when it comes to the welfare of the poor,
direct cash grants are more effective than subsidies on specific
consumer goods. In addition, Levy thought he could use cash
grants as leverage to improve outcomes on health and edu
cation. Mothers would be given cash; in return, they would
have to ensure that their children were in school and receiving
health care. In economists' lingo, the program gave mothers an
incentive to invest in their children.
Progresa (later renamed Oportunidades, and later still, Pros
pera) was the first maj or conditional cash transfer (CCT) pro
gram established in a developing country. With the program
scheduled for a gradual introduction, Levy also drew up an
ingenious implementation scheme that would permit a clear
cut evaluation of whether it worked, or not . It was all based
on simple principles of economics, but it revolutionized the
way policy niakers tliought about antipoverty programs. As the
positive results came in, the program became a template for
other nations. More than a dozen Latin American countries,
including Brazil and Chile, would eventually adopt similar
programs. A pilot CCT program was even instituted in New
York City under Mayor Michael Bloomberg.
Three sets of economic ideas in three different areas: the
world economy, urban transport, and the fight against poverty.
In each case, economists remade part of our world by apply
ing simple economic frameworks to public problems. These
examples represent economics at its best. There are many oth-
4
T H E U S E A N D M I S U S E O F E C O N O M I C I D E A S
ers: Game theory has been used to set up auctions of airwaves
for telecommunications; market design models have helped the
medical profession assign residents to hospitals; industrial orga
nization models underpin competition and antitrust policies;
and recent developments in macroeconomic theory have led
to the widespread adoption of inflation targeting policies by
central banks around the world. 1 When economists get it right,
the world gets better.
Yet economists often fail, as many examples in this book
will illustrate. I wrote this book to try to explain why econom
ics sometimes gets it right and sometimes doesn't. "Models"
the abstract, typically mathematical frameworks that economists
use to make sense of the world-form the heart of the book.
Models are both economics' strength and its Achilles' heel;
they are also what make economics a science-not a science
like quantum physics or molecular biology, but a science
nonetheles s .
Rather than a single, specific model, economics encompasses
a collection of models. The discipline advances by expanding
its library of models and by improving the mapping between
these models and the real world. The diversity of models in
economics is the necessary counterpart to the flexibility of the
social world. Different social settings require different models.
Economists are unlikely ever to uncover universal, general
purpose models.
But , in part b ecause economists take the natural sciences as
their example, they have a tendency to misuse their models.
5
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
They are prone to mistake a model for the model, relevant and
applicable under all conditions. Economists must overcome
this temptation. They have to select their models carefully as
circumstances change, or as they turn their gaze from one set
ting to another. They need to learn how to shift among differ
ent models more fluidly.
This book both celebrates and critiques economics . I defend
the core of the discipline-the role that economic models play
in creating knowledge-but criticize the manner in which
economists often practice their craft and (mis)use their mod
els . The arguments I present are not the "party view." I sus
pect many economists will disagree with my take on the
discipline, especially with my views on the kind of science
that economics is.
In my interactions with many noneconomists and practi
tioners of other social sciences, I have often been baffled by
outsider views on economics. Many of the complaints are well
known: economics is simplistic and insular; it makes universal
claims that ignore the role of culture, history, and other back
ground conditions; it reifies the market; it is full of implicit
value judgments; and besides, it fails to explain and predict
developments in the economy. Each of these criticisms derives
in large part from a failure to recognize that economics is, in
fact, a collection of diverse models that do not have a particular
ideological bent or lead to a unique conclusion. Of course, to
the extent that economists themselves fail to reflect this diver
sity within their profession, the fault lies with them.
6
T H E U S E A N D M I S U S E O F E C O N O M I C I D E A S
Another clarification at the outset. The term "economics"
has come to be used in two different ways. One definition
focuses on the substantive domain of study; in this interpreta
tion, economics is a social science devoted to understanding
how the economy works. The second definition fo cuses on
methods: economics is a way of doing social science, using par
ticular tools. In this interpretation the discipline is associated
with an apparatus of formal modeling and statistical analysis
rather than particular hypotheses or theories about the econ
omy. Therefore, economic methods can be applied to many
other areas besides the economy-everything from decisions
within the family to questions about political institutions.
I use the term "economics" largely in the second sense.
Everything I will say about the advantages and misapplication
of models applies equally well to research in political science,
sociology, or law that uses a similar approach. There has been a
tendency in public discussion to associate these methods exclu
sively with a Freakonomics kind of work. This approach, popu
larized by the economist Steven Levitt, has been used to shed
light on diverse social phenomena, ranging from the practices
of sumo wrestlers to cheating by public school teachers, using
careful empirical analysis and incentive-based reasoning. 2 Some
critics suggest that this line of work trivializes economics. It
eschews the big questions of the field-when do markets work
and fail, what makes economies grow, how can full employ
ment and price stability be reconciled, and so on-in favor of
mundane, everyday applications.
7
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
In this book I focus squarely on these bigger questions and
how economic models help us answer them. We cannot look
to economics for universal explanations or prescriptions that
apply regardless of context. The possibilities of social life are
too diverse to be squeezed into unique frameworks . But each
economic model is like a partial map that illuminates a frag
ment of the terrain. Taken together, economists' models are
our best cognitive guide to the endless hills and valleys that
constitute social experience.
8
CHAPTER l
What Models Do
he Swedish-born economist Axel Leij onhufvud
published in 1973 a little article called "Life among
the Econ." It was a delightful mock ethnography in
which he described in great detail the prevailing practices, sta
tus relations, and taboos among economists . What defines the
"Econ tribe," explained Leijonhufvud, is their obsession with
what he called "modls"-a reference to the stylized mathe
matical models that are economists' tool of the trade. While
of no apparent practical use, the more ornate and ceremonial
the modl, the greater a person's status. The Econ's emphasis on
modls, Leij onhufvud wrote, explains why they hold members
of other tribes such as the " Sociogs" and "Polscis" in such low
regard: those other tribes do not make modls .*
* Axel Leij onhufvud, "Life among the E con," Western Economic Journal 1 1 ,
no. 3 (September 1973) : 327. Since this article was published, the use of
9
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
Leij onhufvud's words still ring true more than four decades
later. Training in economics consists essentially of learning a
sequence of models. Perhaps the most important determinant
of the pecking order in the profession is the ability to develop
new models, or use existing models in conjunction with new
evidence, to shed light on some aspect of social reality. The
most heated intellectual debates revolve around the relevance
or applicability of this or that model. If you want to grievously
wound an economist, say simply, "You don't have a model."
Models are a source of pride. Hang around economists and
before long you will encounter the ubiquitous mug or T-shirt
that says, "Economists do it with models." You will also get the
sense that many among them would get rather more joy out
of toying with those mathematical contraptions than hanging
out with the runway prancers of the real world. (No sexism is
intended here: my wife, also an economist, was once presented
one of those mugs as a gift from her students at the end of a term.)
For critics , economists' reliance on models captures almost
everything that is wrong with the profession: the reduction
of the complexities of social life to a few simplistic relation
ships, the willingness to make patently untrue assumptions, the
obsession with mathematical rigor over realism, the frequent
jump from stylized abstraction to policy conclusions. They find
it mind-boggling that economists move so quickly from equa-
models has become more common in other social sciences, especially in
political science.
10
WHAT M O D E L S D O
tions on the page to advocacy of, say, free trade or a tax policy
of one kind or another. An alternative charge asserts that eco
nomics makes the mundane complex. Economic models dress
up common sense in mathematical formalism. And among the
harshest critics are economists who have chosen to part ways
with the orthodoxy. The maverick economist Kenneth Bould
ing is supposed to have said, "Mathematics brought rigor to
economics; unfortunately it also brought mortis." The Cam
bridge University economist Ha-Joon Chang says, " 95 percent
of economics is common sense-made to look difficult, with
the use of jargons and mathematics ."1
In truth, simple models of the type that economists con
struct are absolutely essential to understanding the workings
of society. Their simplicity, formalism, and neglect of many
facets of the real world are precisely what make them valuable.
These are a feature, not a bug. What makes a model useful is
that it captures an aspect of reality. What makes it indispens
able, when used well, is that it captures the most relevant aspect of
reality in a given context. Different contexts-different markets,
social settings, countries, time periods , and so on-require
different models. And this is where economists typically get
into trouble. They often discard their profession's most valuable
contribution-the multiplicity of models tailored to a variety
of settings-in favor of the search for the one and only uni
versal model. When models are selected judiciously, they are a
source of illumination. When used dogmatically, they lead to
hubris and errors in policy.
1 1
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
A Variety of Models
Economists build models to capture salient aspects of social
interactions. Such interactions typically take place in markets
for goods and services. Economists tend to have quite a broad
understanding of what a market is. The buyers and sellers can
be individuals, firms , or other collective entities. The goods
and services in question can b e almost anything, including
things such as political office or status, for which no market
price exists. Markets can be local, regional, national, or inter
national; they can be organized physically, as in a bazaar, or
virtually, as in long-distance commerce. Economists are tra
ditionally preoccupied with how markets work: Do they use
resources efficiently? Can they b e improved, and if so, how?
How are the gains from exchange distributed? Economists also
use models, however, to shed light on the functioning of other
institutions-schools, trade unions, governments.
But what are economic models? The easiest way to under
stand them is as simplifications designed to show how specific
mechanisms work by isolating them from other, confounding
effects . A model focuses on particular causes and seeks to show
how they work their effects through the system. A modeler
builds an artificial world that reveals certain types of connec
tions among the parts of the whole-connections that might
be hard to discern if you were looking at the real world in its
welter of complexity. Models in economics are no different
from physical models used by physicians or architects. A plastic
1 2
WHA T M O D E L S D O
model of the respiratory system that you might encounter in
a physician's office focuses on the detail of the lungs , leaving
out the rest of the human body. An architect might build one
model to present the landscape around a house, and another
one to display the layout of the interior of the home. Econo
mists' models are similar, except that they are not physical con
structs but operate symbolically, using words and mathematics.
The workhorse model of economics is the supply-demand
model familiar to everyone who has ever taken an introduc
tory economics course. It's the one with the cross made up
of a downward-sloping demand curve and an upward-sloping
supply curve, and prices and quantities on the axes.* The arti
ficial world here is the one that economists call a "perfectly
competitive market," with a large number of consumers and
producers. All of them pursue their economic interests, and
none have the capacity to affect the market price. The model
leaves many things out: that people have other motives besides
material ones , that rationality is often overshadowed by emo
tion or erroneous cognitive shortcuts, that some producers can
* The supply-demand diagrams, along with the cross, apparently made
their first appearance in print in 1838, in a book by the French economist
Antoine-Augustin Cournot. Cournot is better known today for his
work on duopoly, and the cross is usually attributed to the p opular 1890
textbook by Alfred Marshall. See Thomas M . Humphrey, "Marshallian
Cross Diagrams and Their Uses before Alfred Marshall: The Origins of
Supply and Demand Geometry," Economic Review (Federal Reserve Bank
ofRichmond), March/April 1 9 9 2 , 3-23.
1 3
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
b ehave monopolistically, and so on. But it does elucidate some
simple workings of a real-life market economy.
S ome of these are obvious. For example, a rise in production
costs increases market prices and reduces quantities demanded
and supplied. Or, when energy costs rise, utility bills increase
and households find extra ways of saving on heating and
electricity. But others are not. For example, whether a tax is
imposed on the producers or consumers of a commodity-say,
oil-has nothing to do with who ends up paying for it. The tax
might be administered on oil companies, but it might be con
sumers who really pay for it through higher prices at the pump.
Or the extra cost might be imposed on consumers in the form
of a sales tax, but the oil companies might be forced to absorb
it through lower prices. It all depends on the "price elastici
ties" of demand and supply. With the addition of a longish list
of extra assumptions-on which, more later-this model also
generates rather strong implications about how well markets
work. In particular, a competitive market economy is efficient
in the sense that it is impossible to improve one person's well
b eing without reducing somebody else's . (This is what econo
mists call "Pareto efficiency.")
Consider now a very different model, called the "prisoners'
dilemma." It has its origins in research by mathematicians, but
it is a cornerstone of much contemporary work in economics.
The way it is typically presented, two individuals face punish
ment if either of them makes a confession. Let's frame it as an
economics problem. Assume that two competing firms must
14
WHAT M O D E L S D O
decide whether to have a big advertising budget. Advertising
would allow one firm to steal some of the other's customers.
But when they both advertise, the effects on customer demand
cancel out . The firms end up having spent money needlessly.
We might expect that neither firm would choose to spend
much on advertising, but the model shows that this logic is
off base. When the firms make their choices independently
and they care only about their own profits, each one has an
incentive to advertise, regardless of what the other firm does:*
When the other firm does not advertise, you can steal custom
ers from it if you do advertise; when the other firm does adver
tise, you have to advertise to prevent loss of customers. So the
two firms end up in a bad equilibrium in which both have to
waste resources. This market, unlike the one described in the
previous paragraph, is not at all efficient.
The obvious difference b etween the two models is that one
describes a scenario with many, many market participants (the
market for, say, oranges) while the other describes competi
tion b etween two large firms (the interaction between airplane
manufacturers B o eing and Airbus, perhaps) . But it would b e
a mistake t o think that this difference is t h e exclusive reason
* Strictly speaking, another assumption is also needed: the firms have no
way of making credible promises to each other-that is, promises they will
not have the incentive to renege on later. For example, each firm may want
to promise to the other that it will not advertise. But these promises are not
credible, because each firm has an interest in advertising, regardless of what
the other firm does.
15
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
that one market is efficient and the other not . Other assump
tions built in to each of the models play a part. Tweaking those
other assumptions, often implicit, generates still other kinds
of results.
Consider a third model that is agnostic on the number of
market participants, but that has outcomes of a very differ
ent kind. Let's call this the coordination model. A firm (or
firms; the number doesn't matter) is deciding whether to invest
in shipbuilding. If it can produce at sufficiently large scale,
it knows the venture will b e profitable. But one key input is
low-cost steel, and it must be produced nearby. The company's
decision boils down to this: if there is a steel factory close by,
invest in shipbuilding; otherwise, don't invest. Now consider
the thinking of potential steel investors in the region. Assume
that shipyards are the only potential customers of steel. Steel
producers figure they'll make money if there's a shipyard to
buy their steel, but not otherwise.
Now we have two possible outcomes-what economists call
"multiple equilibria." There is a "good" outcome, in which
both types of investments are made, and both the shipyard and
the steelmakers end up profitable and happy. Equilibrium is
reached. Then there is a "bad " outcome, in which neither type
of investment is made. This second outcome also is an equilib
rium because the decisions not to invest reinforce each other. If
there is no shipyard, steelmakers won't invest, and if there is no
steel, the shipyard won't be built. This result is largely unrelated
to the number of potential market participants. It depends cru-
16
WHAT M O D E L S D O
cially instead on three other features: (1) there are economies of
scale (in other words, profitable operation requires large scale);
(2) steel factories and shipyards need each other; and (3) there
are no alternative markets and sources of inputs (that can be
provided through foreign trade, for example) .
Three models, three different visions of how markets func
tion (or don't). None of them is right or wrong. Each high
lights an important mechanism that is (or could be) at work in
real-world economies. Already we begin to see how selecting
the "right" model, the one that best fits the setting, will be
important. One conventional view of economists is that they
are knee-j erk market fundamentalists: they think the answer
to every problem is to let the market be free. Many econo
mists may have that predisposition. But it is certainly not what
economics teaches. The correct answer to almost any ques
tion in economics is: It depends. Different models, each equally
respectable, provide different answers.
Models do more than warn us that results could go either
way. They are useful because they tell us precisely what the
likely outcomes depend on. Consider some important exam
ples . D o es the minimum wage lower or raise employment? The
answer depends on whether individual employers behave com
p etitively or not (that is, whether they can influence the going
wage in their location). 2 D oes capital flow into an emerging
market economy raise or lower economic growth? It depends
on whether the country's growth is constrained by lack of
investable funds or by p o or profitability due , say, to high taxes . 3
1 7
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
Does a reduction in the government's fiscal deficit hamper or
stimulate economic activity? The answer depends on the state
of credibility, monetary policy, and the currency regime. 4
The answer to each question depends on some critical fea
ture of the real-world context. Models highlight those fea
tures and show how they influence the outcome. In each case
there is a standard model that produces a conventional answer:
minimum wages reduce employment, capital flow increases
growth, and fiscal cutbacks hamper economic activity. But
these conclusions are true only to the extent that their critical
assumptions-the features of the real world identified above
approximate reality. When they don't, we need to rely on
models with different assumptions.
I will discuss critical assumptions and give more examples
of economic models later. But first a couple of analogies about
what models are and what they do.
Models as Fables
O ne way to think of economic models is as fables. These short
stories often revolve around a few principal characters who live
in an unnamed but generic place (a village, a forest) and whose
b ehavior and interaction produce an outcome that serves as
a lesson of sorts . The characters can be anthropomorphized
animals or inanimate objects, as well as humans. A fable is sim
plicity itself: the context in which the story unfolds is sketched
in sparse terms , and the b ehavior of the characters is driven by
1 8
WHA T M O D E L S D O
stylized motives such as greed or j ealousy. A fable makes little
effort to be realistic or to draw a complete picture of the life of
its characters. It sacrifices realism and ambiguity for the clarity
of its story line. Importantly, each fable has a transparent moral:
honesty is best, he laughs best who laughs last, misery loves
company, don't kick a man when he's down , and so on.
Economic models are similar. They are simple and are set
in abstract environments . They make no claim to realism for
many of their assumptions. While they seem to be populated by
real p eople and firms , the behavior of the principal characters
is drawn in highly stylized form. Inanimate objects ("random
shocks," "exogenous parameters ," "nature") often feature in
the model and drive the action. The story line revolves around
clear cause-and-effect, if-then relationships . And the moral
or p olicy implication, as economists call it-is typically quite
transparent: free markets are efficient, opportunistic b ehavior
in strategic interactions can leave everyone worse off, incen
tives matter, and so on.
Fables are short and to the p oint. They take no chance
that their message will be lost. The story of the hare and the
tortoise imprints on your conscious mind the importance of
steady, if slow, progress. The story becomes an interpretive
shortcut, to be applied in a variety of similar settings. Pair
ing economic models with fables may seem to denigrate their
"scientific" status. But part of their appeal is that they work in
exactly the same way. A student exposed to the competitive
supply-demand framework is left with an enduring respect for
19
E C O N O M I CS RUL E S
the power of markets . Once you work through the prisoners'
dilemma, you can never think of problems of cooperation in
quite the same way. Even when the specific details of the mod
els are forgotten, they remain templates for understanding and
interpreting the world.
The analogy is not missed by the profession's best prac
titioners . In their self-reflective moments , they are ready to
acknowledge that the abstract mo dels they put to paper are
essentially fables . As the distinguished economic theorist
Ariel Rubinstein puts it, "The word 'model ' sounds more sci
entific than ' fable' or ' fairy tale' [yet] I do not see much dif
ference b etween them."5 In the words of philosopher Allan
Gibbard and economist Hal Varian, "[An economic] model
always tells a story."6 Nancy Cartwright, the philosopher of
science, uses the term " fable" in relation to economic and
physics models alike, though she thinks economic models
are more like_ parables .7 Unlike fables , in which the moral is
clear, Cartwright says that economic models require lots of
care and interpretation in drawing out the p olicy implica
tion . This complexity is related to the fact that each model
captures only a contextual truth, a conclusion that applies to
a specific setting.
But here, too , fables offer a useful analogy. There are count
less fables , and each provides a guide for action under a some
what different set of circumstances. Taken together, they result
in morals that often appear contradictory. Some fables extol the
virtues of trust and cooperation, while others recommend self-
20
WHAT M O D E L S D O
reliance. S ome praise prior preparation; others warn about the
dangers of overplanning. Some say you should spend and enjoy
the money you have; others say you should save for a rainy day.
Having friends is good, but having too many friends is not so
good . Each fable has a definite moral, but in totality, fables
foster doubt and uncertainty.
So we need to use judgment when selecting the fable that
applies to a particular situation. Economic models require the
same discernment. We've already seen how different models
produce different conclusions. Self-interested behavior can result
in both efficiency (the perfectly competitive market model) and
waste (the prisoners' dilemma model) depending on what we
assume about background conditions. As with fables, good
judgment is indispensable in selecting from the available menu
of contending models. Luckily, evidence can provide some
useful guidance for sifting across models, though the process
remains more craft than science (see Chapter 3) .
Models as Experiments
If the idea of models as fables does not appeal, you can think
of them as lab experiments. This is perhaps a surprising anal
ogy. If fables make models seem like simplistic fairy tales , the
comparison to lab experiments risks dressing them up in exces
sively scientific garb. After all, in many cultures lab experi
ments constitute the height of scientific respectability. They
are the means by which scientists in white coats arrive at the
2 1
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
"truth" about how the world works and whether a particular
hypothesis is true. Can economic models come even close?
Consider what a lab experiment really is. The lab is an
artificial environment built to insulate the materials involved
in the experiments from the environment of the real world.
The researcher designs experimental conditions that seek to
highlight a hypothesized causal chain, isolating the process
from other potentially important influences . When, say, grav
ity exerts confounding effects, the researcher carries out the
experiment in a vacuum. As the Finnish philosopher Uskali
Maki explains, the economics modeler in fact practices a simi
lar method of insulation, isolation, and identification. The
main difference is that the lab experiment purposely manipu
lates the physical environment to achieve the isolation needed
to observe the causal effect, whereas a model does this by
manipulating the assumptions that go into it.* Models build
mental environments to test hypotheses.
* Uskali Maki, "Models Are Experiments, Experiments Are Models,"
Journal of Economic Methodology 1 2 , no. 2 (2005): 303-1 5. Note that isolating
an effect in economic models is not as simple as it may seem. We always
have to make some assumptions about other background conditions. For
this reason, Nancy Cartwright argues that the effect is always the result
of the joint operation of many causes and we can never truly isolate cause
and effect in economics. See Cartwright, Hunting Causes and Using Them:
Approaches in Philosophy and Economics (Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 2007) . This is true in general, but the value of having multiple
models is that it enables us to alter the background conditions selectively,
to ascertain which, if any, make a substantive contribution to the effect.
22
WHAT M O D E L S D O
You may obj ect that in a lab experiment, as artificial as its
environment may be, the action still takes place in the real
world. We know if it works or does not work, in at least one
setting. An economic model, by contrast, is a thoroughly arti
ficial construct that unfolds in our minds only. Yet the dif
ference can be in degree rather than in kind. Experimental
results, too , may require significant extrapolation before they
can be applied to the real world. Something that worked in the
lab may not work outside it. For example, a drug might fail in
practice when it mixes with real-world conditions that were
left out of consideration-"controlled for"-under the experi
mental setting.
This is the distinction that philosophers of science refer to
as internal versus external validity. A well-designed experi
ment that successfully traces out cause and effect in a specific
setting is said to have a high degree of " internal validity." But
its "external validity" depends on whether its conclusion can
travel successfully outside the experimental context to other
settings .
So-called field experiments, carried out not in the lab but
under real-world conditions, also face this challenge. Such
experiments have become very popular in economics recently,
and they are sometimes thought to generate knowledge that is
Varying some background conditions may make a big difference; varying
others, very little. See also my discussion on the realism of assumptions later
in the chapter.
23
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
model-free; that is, they're supposed to provide insight about
how the world works without the baggage of assumptions
and hypothesized causal chains that comes with models. But
this is not quite right. To give one example: In Colombia,
the randomized distribution of private-school vouchers has
significantly improved educational attainment. But this is no
guarantee that similar programs would have the same outcome
in the United States or in South Africa. The ultimate outcome
relies on a host of factors that vary from country to coun
try. Income levels and preferences of parents, the quality gap
b etween private and public schools, the incentives that drive
schoolteachers and administrators-all of these factors , and
many other potentially important considerations, come into
play. 8 Getting from " it worked there" to " it will work here"
requires many additional steps.9
The gulf b etween real experiments carried out in the lab
(or in the field) and the thought experiments we call "models"
is less than we might have thought. B oth kinds of exercises
need some extrapolation b efore they can be applied when and
where we need them. Sound extrapolation in turn requires a
combination of goo d judgment, evidence from other sources,
and structured reasoning. The power of all these types of
experiments is that they teach us something about the world
outside the context in which they're carried out, on account
of our ability to discern similarity and draw parallels across
diverse settings .
As with real experiments, the value of models resides in being
24
WHAT M O D E L S D O
able to isolate and identify specific causal mechanisms, one at a
time. That these mechanisms operate in the real world alongside
many others that may obfuscate their workings is a complica
tion faced by all who attempt scientific explanations . Economic
models may even have an advantage here. Contingency
dependence on specific postulated conditions-is built into
them. As we'll see in Chapter 3, this lack of certainty encour
ages us to figure out which among multiple contending models
provides a better description of the immediate reality.
Unrealistic Assumptions
Consumers are hyperrational, they are selfish, they always
prefer more consumption to less, and they have a long time
horizon, stretching into infinity. Economic models are typi
cally assembled out of many such unrealistic assumptions. To
be sure, many models are more realistic in one or more of these
dimensions. But even in these more layered guises , other unre
alistic assumptions can creep in somewhere else. Simplification
and abstraction necessarily require that many elements remain
counterfactual in the sense that they violate reality. What is the
b est way to think about this lack of realism?
Milton Friedman, one of the twentieth century's greatest
economists, provided an answer in 1953 that deeply influenced
the profession. 10 Friedman went beyond arguing that unrealis
tic assumptions were a necessary part of theorizing. He claimed
that the realism of assumptions was simply irrelevant. Whether
25
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
a theory made the correct predictions was all that mattered. As
long as it did, the assumptions that went into the theory need
not bear any resemblance to real life . While this is a crude sum
mary of a more sophisticated argument, it does convey the gist
that most readers took from Friedman's essay. As such, it was
a wonderfully liberating argument, giving economists license
to develop all kinds of models built on assumptions wildly at
variance with actual experience.
However, it cannot be true that the realism of assumptions
1s entirely irrelevant. As Stanford economist Paul Pfleiderer
explains, we always need to apply a "realism filter" to critical
assumptions before a model can be treated as useful.11 (Here's
that term "critical" again. I will turn to it shortly.) The reason
is that we can never be sure of a model's predictive success .
Prediction, as Groucho Marx might have said, always involves
the future. v:Je can �oncoct an almost endless variety of models to explain a reality after the fact. But most of these models are
unhelpful; they will fail to make the correct prediction in the
future, when conditions change.
Suppose I have data on traffic accidents in a locality for the
last five years . I notice that there are more accidents at the end
of the workday, b etween 5 : 0 0 and 7:0 0 p.m. The most reason
able explanation is that more people are on the road at that
time, driving home from work. But suppose a researcher comes
up with an alternative story. It's John's fault, he says. John's
brain emits invisible waves that affect everyone's driving. Once
he is out of his office and on the street, his brain waves mess
26
WHAT M O D E L S D O
with traffic, causing more accidents. It may be a silly theory,
but it does "explain" the rise in traffic accidents at the end of
the workday.
We know in this case that the second model is not a useful
one. If John changes his schedule or he retires, it will have no
predictive value. The number of accidents will not go down
when John is no longer out and about. The explanation fails
because its critical assumption-that John emits traffic-disrupt
ing brain waves-is false. For a model to be useful in the sense
of tracking reality, its critical assumptions also have to track
reality sufficiently closely. 12
What exactly is a critical assumption? We can say an assump
tion is critical if its modification in an arguably more realistic
direction would produce a substantive difference in the conclu
sion produced by the model. Many, if not most, assumptions
are not critical in this sense. Consider the p erfectly competitive
market model. The answers to many questions of interest do
not depend crucially on the details of that model. In his essay
on methodology, Milton Friedman discussed taxes on ciga
rettes. We can safely predict that raising the tax rate will lead to
an increase in the retail price of cigarettes , he wrote, regardless
of whether there are many or few firms and whether different
cigarette brands are p erfect substitutes or not. Similarly, any
reasonable relaxation of the requirement of perfect rationality
would be unlikely to make much difference to that result. Even
if firms do not make calculations to the last decimal point, we
can be reasonably confident that they will notice an increase in
27
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
the taxes they have to pay. These specific assumptions are not
critical in view of which question is posed and how the model is
used-for example, how does a tax effect the price of cigarettes?
Their lack of realism therefore is not of great importance.
Suppose we were interested in a different question: the effect
of imposing price controls on the cigarette industry. Now the
degree of competition in the industry, which depends in part
on the extent to which consumers are willing to substitute
between different brands, becomes of great importance. In the
p erfectly competitive market model, a price control leads to
firms reducing their supply. The lower price decreases their
profitability, and they respond by cutting back their sales. But
in a model of a market that is monopolized by a single firm,
a moderate price ceiling (that is, a ceiling that is not too far
below the unrestricted market price) actually induces the firm
to increase its output. To see how this mechanism operates, a bit
of simple algebra or - geometry comes in handy. Intuitively, a
monopolist increases profits by restricting sales and raising the
market price. Price controls, which rob the monopolist of its
price-setting powers, effectively blunt the incentive to under
produce. The monopolist responds by increasing sales.* Selling
more cigarettes is now the only means to making more profits.
What we assume about the degree of market competition
becomes critical when we want to predict the effects of price
* This is the same logic that causes an increase in employment after a
(moderate) minimum wage has been imposed.
28
WHA T M O D E L S D O
controls. The realism of this particular assumption matters, and
it matters greatly. The applicability of a model depends on how
closely critical assumptions approximate the real world. And
what makes an assumption critical depends in part on what the
model is used for. I will return to this issue later in the book,
when I examine in greater detail how we select which model
to apply in a given setting.
It is perfectly legitimate, and indeed necessary, to question a
model's efficacy when its critical assumptions are patently coun
terfactual, as withJohn's brain waves . In such instances, we can
rightly say that the modeler has oversimplified and is leading us
astray. The appropriate response, however, is to construct alter
native models with more fitting assumptions-not to abandon
models per se. The antidote to a bad model is a goo d model.
Ultimately, we cannot avoid unrealism in assumptions .
As Cartwright says, " Criticizing economic models for using
unrealistic assumptions is like criticizing Galileo's rolling ball
experiments for using a plane honed to be as frictionless as pos
sible."13 But just as we would not want to apply Galileo's law of
acceleration to a marble dropped into a j ar of honey, this is not
an excuse for using models whose critical assumptions grossly
violate reality.
On Math and Models
Economic models consist of clearly stated assumptions and
behavioral mechanisms. As such, they lend themselves to
29
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
the language of mathematics . Flip the pages of any academic
j ournal in economics and you will encounter a nearly endless
stream of equations and Greek symbols. By the standards of
the physical sciences, the math that economists use is not very
advanced: the rudiments of multivariate calculus and optimi
zation are typically sufficient to follow most economic theo
rizing. Nevertheless, the mathematical formalism does require
some investment on the part of the reader. It raises a compre
hensibility barrier b etween economics and most other social
sciences. It also heightens noneconomists' suspicions about the
profession: the math makes it seem as if economists have with
drawn from the real world and live in abstractions of their own
construction.
When I was a young college student, I knew I wanted to
get a PhD because I loved writing and doing research. But I
was interested in a wide variety of social phenomena and could
not make up my mind b etween political science and econom
ics. I applied to both kinds of doctoral programs, but I post
p oned the ultimate decision by enrolling in a multidisciplinary
master's program. I remember well the experience that finally
resolved my indecision. I was in the library of the Woodrow
Wilson School at Princeton and picked up the latest issues of
the American Economic Review (AER) and the American Political
Science Review (APSR) , the flagship publications of the two dis
ciplines . Looking at them side by side, it dawned on me that I
would be able to read the A PSR with a PhD in economics, but
much of the AER would be inaccessible to me with a PhD in
3 0
W H A T M O D E L S D O
political science. With hindsight, I realize this conclusion was
perhaps not quite right. The political philosophy articles in the
APSR can be as abstruse as any in the AER, math aside. And
much of political science has since gone the way of economics
in adopting mathematical formalism. Nonetheless, there was a
germ of truth in my observation. To this day, economics is by
and large the only social science that remains almost entirely
impenetrable to those who have not undertaken the requisite
apprenticeship in graduate school.
The reason economists use mathematics is typically misun
derstood. It has little to do with sophistication, complexity,
or a claim to higher truth. Math essentially plays two roles
in economics , neither of which is cause for glory: clarity and
consistency. First, math ensures that the elements of a model
the assumptions, behavioral mechanisms, and main results
are stated clearly and are transparent. Once a model is stated
in mathematical form, what it says or does is obvious to all
who can read it. This clarity is of great value and is not ade
quately appreciated. We still have endless debates today about
what Karl Marx, John Maynard Keynes , or Joseph S chumpeter
really meant. Even though all three are giants of the economics
profession, they formulated their models largely (but not exclu
sively) in verbal form. By contrast, no ink has ever been spilled
over what Paul Samuelson, Joe Stiglitz, or Ken Arrow had in
mind when they developed the theories that won them their
Nobel. Mathematical models require that all the t's be crossed
and the i's b e dotted.
3 1
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
The second virtue of mathematics is that it ensures the inter
nal consistency of a model-simply put, that the conclusions
follow from the assumptions. This is a mundane but indispens
able contribution. S ome arguments are simple enough that
they can be self-evident. Others require greater care, especially
in light of cognitive biases that draw us toward results we want
to see . Sometimes a result can be plainly wrong. More often,
the argument turns out to be poorly specified, with criti
cal assumptions left out. Here, math provides a useful check.
Alfred Marshall, the towering economist of the pre-Keynesian
era and author of the first real economics textbook, had a good
rule: use math as a shorthand language, translate into English,
and then burn the math! Or as I tell my students , economists
use math not because they're smart, but because they're not
smart enough.
When I was still young and green as an economist, I once
heard a lecture __ by the great development economist Sir W.
Arthur Lewis, winner of the 1979 Nobel Prize in Economic
S ciences. Lewis had an uncanny ability to distill complex eco
nomic relationships to their essence by using simple models.
But as with many economists from an older tradition, he tended
to present his argument in verbal rather than mathematical
form. On this occasion his topic was the determination of poor
countries' terms of trade-the relative price of their exports to
their imports. When Lewis finished, one of the younger, more
mathematically oriented economists in the audience stood up
and scribbled a few equations on the blackboard. He pointed
32
WHAT M O D E L S D O
out that at first he had been confused by what Professor Lewis
was saying. But, he continued as a bemused Lewis watched,
now he could see how it worked: we have these three equations
that determine these three unknowns.
S o , math plays a purely instrumental role in economic
models. In principle, models do not require math, and it is not
the math that makes the models useful or scientific.* As the
Arthur Lewis example illustrates , some stellar practitioners of
the craft rarely use any math at all. Tom S chelling, who has
developed some of the key concepts of contemporary game
theory, such as credibility, commitment, and deterrence, won
the Nobel Prize for his largely math-free work . 14 Schelling
has the rare knack of laying out what are fairly complicated
models of interaction among strategically minded individu
als while using only words , real-world examples, and perhaps
a figure at most. His writings have greatly influenced both
academics and policy makers. I must admit, though, that the
depth of his insights and the precise nature of the arguments
b ecame fully evident to me only after I saw them expressed
more fully with mathematics .
Nonmathematical models are more common in social sci
ences outside of economics. You can always tell that a social
* Outside of economics, the term "rational choice" has become a synonym
for an approach to social science that uses predominantly mathematical
models. This use of the term conflates several things. Doing social science
using models requires neither math nor, necessarily, the assumption that
individuals are rational.
33
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
scientist is about to embark on a model when he or she begins ,
"Assume that we have . . . " or something similar, followed by an
abstraction. Here, for example, is the sociologist Diego Gam
betta examining the consequences of different types of beliefs
about the nature of knowledge: " Imagine two ideal-type soci
eties that differ in one respect only . . ."15 Papers in political
science are frequently peppered with references to independent
and dependent variables-a sure sign that the author is mim
icking models even when a clear-cut framework is lacking.
Verbal arguments that seem intuitive often collapse, or are
revealed to be incomplete, under closer mathematical scru
tiny. The reason is that "verbal models" can ignore nonob
vious but potentially significant interactions. For example,
many empirical studies have found that government interven
tion is negatively correlated with p erformance : industries that
receive subsidies experience lower productivity growth than
industries that aon't.- How do we interpret these findings? It is
common, even among economists, to conclude that govern
ments must be intervening for the wrong rather than right rea
sons , that they support weak industries in response to political
lobbying. This may sound reasonable-too obvious even to
require further analysis. Yet when we mathematically describe
the behavior of a government that intervenes for the right
reason-by subsidizing industries to enhance the economy's
efficiency-we see that this conclusion may not be warranted.
Industries that are performing poorly b ecause markets are
malfunctioning warrant greater government intervention-
34
WHAT M O D E L S D O
but not to the extent that their disadvantages are completely
offset. Therefore, the negative correlation between subsidies
and performance does not tell us whether governments are
intervening in desirable or undesirable ways, as both types
of intervention would generate the observed correlation. Not
clear? Well, you can check the math !*
At the other end of the spectrum, too many economists
fall in love with the math and forget its instrumental nature.
Excessive formalization-math for its own sake-is rampant
in the discipline. Some branches of economics , such as mathe
matical economics , have come to look more like applied math
ematics than like any kind of social science. Their reference
point has become other mathematical models instead of the
* Dani Rodrik, "Why We Learn Nothing from Regressing Economic
Growth on Policies," Seoul Journal of Economics 25, no. 2 (Summer
2 0 1 2) : 1 37-51 . Further afield from economics, John Maynard Smith, a
distinguished theorist of evolutionary biology, explains why it is important
to develop the mathematics of an argument in this video: http://www.
web ofstorie s . c o m /play/j oh n . maynard . smith / 5 2 ;j s e s sionid=36363 04FA
6745B8E 5D200253DAF409EO . Maynard describes his frustration with
a verbal theory of why some animals, like the antelope, j ump up and
down while running, exhibiting a behavior that is called "stetting." This
behavior seems inefficient because it slows the animal down. The theory
is that stetting is a way of signaling potential predators that the antelope is
not worth pursuing: the antelope is so fast that it c an get away even with
this inefficient run. Smith recollects how he tried to model this scenario
mathematically and could never produce the desired result-that strotting
could be efficient when used as a signal.
35
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
real world. The abstract of one paper in the field opens with
this sentence: "We establish new characterizations of Walra
sian expectations equilibria based on the veto mechanism in
the framework of differential information economies with a
complete finite measure space of agents ."16 One of the pro
fession's leading, and most mathematically oriented, j ournals
(Econometrica) imp osed a moratorium at one p oint on "social
choice" theory-abstract models of voting mechanisms
b ecause papers in the field had become mathematically so eso
teric and divorced from actual politics . 17
B efore we judge such work too harshly, it is worth noting
that some of the most useful applications in economics have
come out of highly mathematical, and what to outsiders would
surely seem abstruse, models. The theory of auctions, draw
ing on abstract game theory, is virtually impenetrable even to
many economists.* Yet it produced the principles used by the
Federal Communications Commission to allocate the nation's
telecommunications spectrum to phone companies and broad
casters as efficiently as possible, while raising more than $60
billion for the federal government. 18 Models of matching and
market design, equally mathematical, are used today to assign
residents to hospitals and students to public schools. In each
* For a relatively informal introduction to the theory, see Paul Milgrom,
"Auctions and Bidding: A Primer," journal of Economic Perspectives 3 , no.
3 (Summer 1989), 3-2 2 . A more thorough treatment can be found in
Paul Klemperer, Auctions: Theory and Practice (Princeton, NJ: Princeton
University Press, 2004).
36
WHAT M O D E L S D O
case, models that seemed to be highly abstract and to have
few connections with the real world turned out to have useful
applications many years later.
The good news is that, contrary to common perception,
math for its own sake does not get you far in the economics pro
fession. What's valued is "smarts": the ability to shed new light
on an old topic, make an intractable problem soluble, or devise
an ingenious new empirical approach to a substantive question.
In fact, the emphasis on mathematical methods in economics
is long past its peak. Today, models that are empirically ori
ented or policy relevant are greatly preferred in top j ournals
over purely theoretical, mathematical exercises. The profes
sion's stars and most heavily cited economists are those who
have shed light on important public problems, such as poverty,
public finance, economic growth, and financial crises-not its
mathematical wizards.
Simplicity versus Complexity
Despite the math, economic models tend to be simple. For the
most part, they can be solved using pen and paper. It's one rea
son why they have to leave out many aspects of the real world.
But as we've seen, lack of realism is not a good criticism on
its own . To use an example from Milton Friedman again, a
model that included the eye color of the businesspeople com
peting against each other would be more realistic, but it would
not be a b etter one.19 Still, whether some influences matter or
37
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
not depends on what is assumed at the outset. Perhaps blue
eyed businessmen are more dim-witted and systematically
underprice their products . The strategic simplifications of the
modeler, made for reasons of tractability, can have important
implications for substantive outcomes.
Wouldn't it b e better to opt for complexity over simplicity?
Two related developments in recent years have made this ques
tion more pertinent. First, the stupendous increase in comput
ing power and the attendant sharp fall in its cost have made
it easier to run large-scale computational models. These are
models with thousands of equations, containing nonlinearities
and complex interactions. Computers can solve them, even if
the human brain cannot. Climate models are a well-known
example. Large-scale computational models are not unknown
in economics, even though they are rarely as big. Most central
banks use multiequation models to forecast the economy and
predict the effects of monetary and fiscal policy.
The second development is the arrival of " big data," and the
evolution of statistical and computational techniques that distill
patterns and regularities from them. "Big data" refers to the
humongous amount of quantitative information that is gener
ated by our use of the Internet and social media-an almost
complete and continuous record of where we are and what we
do, moment by moment. Perhaps we have reached, or soon
will reach, the stage where we can rely on the patterns revealed
in this data to uncover the mysteries of our social relations.
"Big data gives us a chance to view society in all its complex-
3 8
WHAT M O D E L S D O
ity," writes one of the leading proponents of this view. 20 This
would send our traditional economic models the way of the
horse and buggy.
C ertainly, complexity has great surface appeal. Who could
possibly deny that society and the economy are complex systems?
"Nobody really agrees on what makes a complex system 'com
plex,"' writes Duncan Watts, a mathematician and sociologist,
" but it's generally accepted that complexity arises out of many
interdependent components interacting in nonlinear ways."
Interestingly, the immediate example that Watts deploys is the
economy: " The U. S . economy, for example, is the product of
the individual actions of millions of people, as well as hundreds
of thousands of firms, thousands of government agencies, and
countless other external and internal factors , ranging from the
weather in Texas to interest rates in China."21 As Watts notes ,
disturbances in one part o f the economy-say, i n mortgage
finance-can be amplified and produce maj or shocks for the
entire economy, as in the " butterfly effect" from chaos theory.
It is interesting that Watts would point to the economy, since
efforts to construct large-scale economic models have been sin
gularly unproductive to date. To put it even more strongly, I
cannot think of an important economic insight that has come
out of such models. In fact, they have often led us astray. Over
confidence in the prevailing macroeconomic orthodoxy of the
day resulted in the construction of several large-scale simula
tion models of the US economy in the 1960s and 1970s built on
Keynesian foundations. These models performed rather badly
39
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
in the stagflationary environment of the late 1970s and 1 9 8 0 s .
They were subsequently j ettisoned in favor o f "new classical"
approaches with rational expectations and price flexibility.
Instead of relying on such models, it would have been far b et
ter to carry several small models in our heads simultaneously,
of both Keynesian and new classical varieties, and know when
to switch from one to the other.
Without these smaller, more transparent models, large-scale
computational models are, in fact, unintelligible. I mean this in
two senses. First, the assumptions and behavioral relations that
are built into the large models must come from somewhere.
D epending on whether you believe in the Keynesian model or
the new classical model, you will develop a different large-scale
model. If you think economic relationships are highly nonlin
ear or exhibit discontinuities, you will build a different model
than if you think they are linear and "smooth." These prior
understandingsdo not derive from complexity itself; they must
come from some first-level theorizing.
Second, and alternatively, suppose we can build large-scale
models relatively theory-free, using big-data techniques based
on observed empirical regularities such as consumer spending
patterns. Such models can deliver predictions, like weather
models do, but never knowledge on their own. For they are
like a black box: we can see what is coming out, but not the
operative mechanism inside. To eke out knowledge from these
models, we need to figure out and scrutinize the underlying
causal mechanisms that produce specific results . In effect, we
4 0
WHAT M O D E L S D O
need to construct a small-scale version of the larger model.
Only then can we say that we understand what's going on.
Moreover, when we evaluate the predictions of the complex
model-it predicted this recession, but will it predict the next
one?-our judgment will depend on the nature of these under
lying causal mechanisms. If they are plausible and reasonable,
by the same standards we apply to small-scale models, we may
have reason for confidence. Not otherwise.
Consider the large-scale computational models that are com
mon in the analysis of international trade agreements among
nations. These agreements change import and export policies in
hundreds of industries that are linked through markets for lab or,
capital, and other productive inputs. A change in one industry
affects all the others, and vice versa. If we want to understand
the economy-wide consequences of trade agreements, we need
a model that tracks all these interactions. In principle, that is
what the so-called computable general equilibrium (CGE) mod
els do. They are constructed partly on the basis of the preva
lent models of trade, and partly on ad hoe assumptions meant
to replicate observed economic regularities (such as the share of
national output that is traded internationally) . When pundits in
the media report, say, that the Transatlantic Trade and Invest
ment Partnership (TTIP) between the United States and Europe
will create so many billions of dollars of exports and income,
they are citing results from these models.
Without doubt, models of this sort can provide a sense
of the orders of magnitude involved in a decision. But ulti-
41
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
mately, they are credible only to the extent that their results
can be motivated and justified by much smaller, pen-and-paper
models. Unless the underlying explanation is transparent and
intuitive-unless there exists a simpler model that generates a
similar result-complexity on its own buys us nothing other
than perhaps a bit more detail.
What about some of the specific insights arising out of mod
els that emphasize complexity, such as tipping points, comple
mentarities, multiple equilibria, or path dependence? It is true
that such "nonstandard" outcomes emphasized by complexity
theorists stand in sharp contrast to the more linear, smooth
behavior of economists' workhorse models. It is also certainly
true that real-world outcomes are sometimes b etter described
in those spikier ways . However, not only can these kinds of
outcomes be generated in smaller, simpler models, but they
actually originate in them. Tipping-point models, referring to
a sudden change in aggregate behavior after a sufficient num
b er of individuals make a switch, were first developed and
applied to different social settings by Tom Schelling. His para
digmatic example, developed in the 1970s, was the collapse of
mixed neighborhoods into complete segregation once a critical
threshold of white flight is reached. The potential for multiple
equilibria has long been known and studied by economists,
often in the context of highly stylized models. I gave an exam
ple (our shipbuilder and the coordination game) at the begin
ning of the chapter. Path dependence is a feature of a large class
of dynamic economic models . And so on.
4 2
WHAT M O D E L S D O
A critic might argue that economists treat such models as
exceptions to the "normal" cases covered by the workhorse
competitive market model. And the critic would have a point.
Economists tend to fixate too much on certain standard models
at the expense of others. In some settings, a simple model can
be, well, too simple. We may need more detail. The trick is
to isolate just the interactions that are hypothesized to matter,
but no more. As the preceding examples suggest, models can
do this and still remain simple. O ne model is not always better
than another. Remember: it is a model, not the model.
Simplicity, Realism , and Reality
In his exceptionally brief-one paragraph, to be exact-short
story called "On Exactitude in Science," the Argentine novel
ist Jorge Luis B orges describes a mythical empire in the dis
tant past in which cartographers took their craft very seriously
and strived for p erfection. In their quest to capture as much
detail as possible, they drew ever-bigger maps. The map of a
province expanded to the size of a city; a map of the empire
occupied a whole province. In time, even this level of detail
b ecame insufficient and the cartographers' guild drew a map of
the empire on a 1 :1 scale the size of the empire itself But future
generations, less enamored by the art of cartography and more
interested in help with navigation, would find no use for these
map s . They discarded them and left them to rot in the desert.22
As B orges's story illustrates, the argument that models need
43
E C O N O M I C S R UL E S
to be made more complex to make them more useful gets it
backward. Economic models are relevant and teach us about
the world because they are simple. Relevance does not require
complexity, and complexity may impede relevance. Simple
models-in the plural-are indispensable. Models are never
true; but there is truth in models.23 We can understand the
world only by simplifying it.
4 4
CHAPTER 2
The S cience of Econolllic
Modeling
odels make economics a science . With this asser
tion, I do not have in mind sciences like physics
or chemistry, which seek to uncover fundamen
tal laws of nature. Economics is a social s cience, and society
does not have fundamental laws-at least, not in quite the
same way that nature does. Unlike a rock or a planet, humans
have agency; they choose what they do. Their actions pro
duce a near infinite variety of p ossibilities . At b est, we can
talk in terms of tendencies, context-specific regularities, and
likely consequences . Nor do I have in mind something like
mathematics, which generates precise statements, albeit about
abstract entities, that can be determined to be either true or
false. Economics deals with the real world and is much messier
than that. Economists often go astray precisely because they
fancy themselves as physicists and mathematicians manque.
45
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
At the other end of the spectrum, critics scoff at econo
mists' scientific pretensions-chiding them for practicing
make-believe science at b est. Keynes, uncharacteristically,
had a modest ambition for economics : " I f economists could
manage to get themselves thought of as humble, competent
people , on a level with dentists , that would b e splendid! " he
wrote in 1 9 3 0 . 1 Perhaps even dentistry is too lofty a goal,
in view of the variety of maladies and syndromes that afflict
human societies . A good deal of modesty is in order about not
only how much economists know, but also how much they
can learn.
With those caveats out of the way, we can review what
makes models scientific. First, as I explained in the previous
chapter, models clarify the nature of hypotheses, making clear
their logic and what they do and don't depend on. This is
typically a matter of refining intuition, crossing the t's and
dotting the i's-which is important in itself But quite often
their greater contribution is to open our eyes to counterintui
tive possibilities and unexpected consequences. Second, mod
els enable the accumulation of knowledge, by expanding the
set of plausible explanations for, and our understanding of, a
variety of social phenomena. In this way, economic science
advances as a library would expand: by adding to its collec
tion. Third, models imply an empirical method; they suggest
how specific hypotheses and explanations can be applied, in
principle at least, to actual settings . They enable arguments
46
T H E S C I E N C E O F E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
to be judged right or wrong. And even when evidence is too
weak to discriminate among them, models provide a method
for sorting out disagreements. Finally, models allow knowl
edge to be generated on the basis of commonly shared pro
fessional standards rather than prevailing hierarchies based
on rank, personal connections, or ideology. The status of an
economist's work depends , by and large, on its quality, not on
his or her identity.
Clarifying Hypotheses
The grandiosely titled First Fundamental Theorem of Wel
fare Economics is probably the crown j ewel of economics.
(We will meet a close competitor shortly.) First-year doctoral
students typically spend their first semester building up to
a proof of this theorem, picking up a fair bit of mathemat
ics (real analysis and topology) along the way that most will
never use again. The theorem is nothing more than a math
ematical statement of a key implication of what the previous
chapter called the "perfectly competitive market model." It
says, in brief, that a competitive market economy is efficient.
More precisely, under the stated assumptions of the theorem,
the market economy delivers as much economic output as any
economic system possibly could. There is no way to improve
on this outcome, in the sense that no reshuffling of resources
could p ossibly leave someone b etter off without making some
47
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
others worse off.* Note that this definition of efficiency
Pareto efficiency, named after the Italian polymath Vilfredo
Pareto-pays no attention to equity or other p ossible social
values : a market outcome in which one p erson receives 99 per
cent of total income would be "efficient" as long as his losses
from any reshuffle exceeded the gains that would accrue to the
rest of society.
Distributional complications aside, this is a powerful result
one that is not obvious. If today we associate markets readily
with efficiency, it is largely because of more than two centu
ries of-let's not b eat around the bush-indoctrination about
the benefits of markets and capitalism. It is not at all evident,
on its face, that millions of consumers, workers , firms, sav
ers , investors, banks, and speculators , each of them pursuing
strictly their own personal advantage, would collectively arrive
at anything other than economic chaos . Yet the model says the
outcome is-- actually efficient.
The First Fundamental Theorem of Welfare Economics is
colloquially known among economists as the Invisible Hand
Theorem. It was Adam Smith, perhaps the father of econom
ics, who first stated it in broad terms. Though he did not use
* The S econd Fundamental Theorem of Welfare Economics, in turn, is
a statement about how alternative efficient outcomes can b e reached via
a suitable redistribution of resources, drawing, in essence, a distinction
between questions of efficiency and distribution. More recent work has
shown how this distinction crumbles when some of the premises of the two
theorems-such as completeness of markets or information-fail to hold.
48
T H E S C I E N C E O F E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
the term " invisible hand " in quite this context, Smith argued
that decentralized decision making by individual consumers
and producers in a market would nonetheless provide collec
tive benefit. "It is not from the benevolence of the butcher, the
brewer, or the baker, that we expect our dinner," he famously
wrote, " but from their regard to their own interest."2
Smith's point that price incentives turn markets into a stu
pendously effective coordination machine running on auto
pilot was brought home powerfully by Milton Friedman in
his popular TV series Free to Choose in 1980, on the eve of a
wave of market reforms under the Reagan and Thatcher gov
ernments. Holding a pencil in his hand, Friedman marveled
at the feat accomplished by free markets: it took thousands of
people all over the world to make this pencil, he pointed out
to mine the graphite, cut the wood, assemble the components,
and market the final product. Yet it was the price system, not
any central authority, that managed to coordinate their actions
so that the pencil would end up in the hands of the consumer. 3
C ompared to Adam Smith's and Milton Friedman's expli
cations , the First Fundamental Theorem itself entails a logic
that is highly abstract and almost impenetrably dense. It was
first formulated fully in the early 1950s by Kenneth Arrow and
Gerard Debreu, using mathematics that was then unfamiliar to
most economists .4 The first sentence of D ebreu's 1951 article
gives a sense of the nature of the exercise: " The activity of the
economic system we study can be viewed as the transformation
by n production units and the consumption by m consump-
49
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
tion units of l commodities (the quantities of which may or
may not be perfectly divisible) ."* Even though the Arrow and
Debreu articles are foundational, having earned each econo
mist a Nobel Prize, they are rarely read. (I confess I looked at
them for the first time as I was writing this.) Economists study
them instead from textbooks and other secondhand treatments.
The First Fundamental Theorem is a big deal because it
actually proves the Invisible Hand hypothesis . That is, it shows
that under certain assumptions, the efficiency of a market
economy is not just conj ecture or possibility; it follows logi
cally from the premises. The payoff from all the mathematics is
that we actually have a precise statement. The model shows us
exactly how the result is produced. It reveals, in particular, the
specific assumptions that we have to make to be sure efficiency
is achieved.
There is, in fact, a long list of such assumptions. Consum
ers and producers need to be rational and singularly focused
on maximizing their economic advantage. We have to have
markets in everything, including a full set of futures markets
spanning all possible contingencies. Information has to be
complete-meaning, for example, that consumers are knowl
edgeable about all attributes of a good even before purchasing
and experiencing it. We need to rule out monopolistic behav-
* The j oke is that when Debreu received the Nobel Prize in 1983, he
was accosted by journalists who wanted to know his views about where
the economy was headed. He is said to have thought awhile and then
continued, " Imagine an economy with n goods and m consumers . . . "
5 0
T H E S C I E N C E O F E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
ior o n the part o f producers, increasing returns t o scale, and
"externalities" (such as pollution or learning spillovers from
R&D) . Economists from Adam Smith on knew, of course, that
such complications might interfere with the invisible hand. But
Arrow and Debreu put it all together and made it all explicit
and precise.
The First Fundamental Theorem is about a purely hypo
thetical world; it does not claim to describe any actual markets .
Taking it to the real world requires judgment, evidence, and
further theorizing. How one interprets its relevance for eco
nomic policy is a Rorschach test of sorts . For economic liberals
and political conservatives , the theorem establishes the superi
ority of a market-based society. For the left, the long list of pre
requisites demonstrates the virtual unattainability of efficiency
through markets. The theorem on its own settles little in real
world policy debates. But no one could deny that, thanks to it
and the literature it has spawned, we understand much better
than we ever did the circumstances under which Adam Smith's
Invisible Hand does and does not do its j ob .*
Let's turn now to another important example of how eco
nomic modeling helps clarify arguments that may be somewhat
counterintuitive. In 1 9 3 8 , a young Paul Samuelson was chal-
* The assumptions needed to satisfy the Invisible Hand Theorem are
sufficient, not necessary. In other words, markets can be efficient even when
some of the assumptions fail. This bit of leeway enables some economists
to argue that free markets are desirable even when the full Arrow-Debreu
criteria are not met.
5 1
E C O N O M I C S R UL E S
lenged by Stanislaw Ulam, the Polish-American mathemati
cian, to state one proposition in the social sciences that is both
true and nontrivial. Samuelson's answer was David Ricardo's
Principle of Comparative Advantage. "Using four numbers, as
if by magic, it shows that there is indeed a free lunch-a free
lunch that comes with international trade."5 Ricardo's dem
onstration, back in 1 8 17, that specialization according to com
parative advantage produces economic gains for all countries
was as simple as it is powerful. 6 The nontrivial nature of the
principle is obvious by how often it is misunderstood, even
among sophisticated commentators. The antitrade sentiment
attributed to Abraham Lincoln-"when we buy manufactured
goods from abroad, we get the goods and the foreigner gets the
money; when we buy the manufactured goods at home, we get
the goods and we keep the money"-may be apocryphal, but
not many can see easily through its illogic.
It was well understood long before Ricardo that cheap
imports from other nations enabled a nation to economize
on domestic resources such as labor and capital, which could
then be put to alternative uses .7 But how trade could possibly
benefit both sides remained unclear. In particular, if a country
was more efficient across the board, producing all goods while
using fewer resources than other countries did, could it pos
sibly gain from trade as well? Ricardo answered this question
affirmatively. He laid out a numerical example, in what was
one of the very first (and most successful) uses of models in
economics. It was what economists call a 2 X 2 model of trade:
52
T H E S C I E N C E O F E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
two countries (England and Portugal) and two commodities
(cloth and wine) .
Suppose, Ricardo wrote, it takes the labor of 80 workers
to produce a given amount of wine in Portugal, and the labor
of 90 workers to produce a given amount of cloth. In Eng
land, it takes 1 2 0 and 1 0 0 workers , respectively, to produce
the same quantities of the two goods. Note that Portugal is
more efficient than England in both cloth and wine. N everthe
less, Ricardo showed that Portugal would benefit by export
ing wine to England and importing cloth in exchange. This
way, Portugal could "obtain more cloth from England, than
she could produce by diverting a portion of her capital from the
cultivation of vines to the manufacture of cloth."8 What gener
ates the gains from trade is compara tive advantage, not absolute
advantage. A country benefits by exporting what it produces
relatively less badly and importing what it produces relatively
less well.
If this is not clear, remember what Samuelson said: the prin
ciple is not at all obvious . You do need to think and make a few
calculations before it can sink in.
Ricardo's simple model clarified what the gains from trade
did not depend on. A country did not have to be b etter than
its trade partner at producing something to successfully export
it. Neither did it have to be worse to benefit by importing it.
Subsequent tinkering with the model by theorists over gen
erations would clarify other things that the principle did not
depend on. It did not matter how many commodities there
53
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
were, or how many countries participated in trade; whether
there were nontraded goods and services in addition to traded
ones; whether trade was balanced in any given period; whether
capital (or other resources) could move easily from one indus
try to another. It turns out none of these simplifications is criti
cal, insofar as the Principle of Comparative Advantage and the
gains from trade are concerned.
Further work would also clarify the principle's limitations .
F o r example, some o f the conditions under which the First
Fundamental Theorem fails can also produce losses from trade.
It is possible to come up with examples in which at least some
countries lose out with trade in the presence of externalities or
scale economies. Developing economies during the 1950s and
1960s became obsessed with this prospect and in response built
up barriers against imports behind which they hoped their
industries would flourish. And even when the gains from trade
are there, theTcerta·inly do not imply that everyone in the nation
will gain from trade. In fact, most extant models conclude that
at least some groups end up worse off-employees of import
competing industries, or unskilled workers in a country that
has a comparatively abundant number of skilled workers, for
example. Someone who advocates free trade because it will
benefit everyone probably does not understand how compara
tive advantage really works.
The Principle of C omparative Advantage and the First
Fundamental Theorem of Welfare Economics are two of the
clearest and most significant instances in which models have
5 4
T H E S C I E N C E OF E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
laid bare the nature of economic hypotheses-what they say
exactly, why they work, and the conditions under which we
can expect them to apply. But they are representative of a gen
eral style of inquiry. Is financial speculation good or bad for
stability? Should we help poor families with cash grants or edu
cational subsidies? Should monetary policy be discretionary or
follow strict rules? The economists' approach in each case is to
posit a model and check the conditions under which one or the
other result prevails.
Direct evidence is rarely a substitute for disciplined think
ing of this kind. Let's take an extreme case and suppose we're
given evidence that decisively settles one of these questions.
Such evidence will be necessarily specific to a particular geo
graphic setting and time period: financial speculation did sta
bilize corn futures on the Chicago B oard of Trade between
1 9 9 5 and 2014, or direct cash grants were indeed more effec
tive than subsidies for primary-school children in Tanzania
between 2 0 1 0 and 2 0 1 2 . As useful as evidence of this sort
is, we need to embed it in economic models before we can
interpret it appropriately. For example, were cash grants more
effective than subsidies because of better incentives for fami
lies or b ecause they reduced the workload of the bureaucrats
administering the program? Extrapolating the evidence to
other settings (or the future) also requires the use of models.
Is financial speculation in, say, currency markets also stabiliz
ing? Will speculation in corn futures still stabilize the market
two years hence? Answering such questions requires models-
55
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
models that often remain vague and implicit. The more explicit
the models are, the more transparent become the assumptions
we're making to interpret and extrapolate evidence.
When Standard Intuition Fails Us
One of economists' many j okes about themselves is that "an
economist is someone who sees something work in practice,
and asks if it also works in theory." This might seem absurd,
until we realize how easily intuition can lead us astray and
how sometimes life delivers counterintuitive outcomes. Eco
nomic models can train our intuition to take in the possibility
of such unexpected consequences. These surprises come under
vanous gmses.
The first category is "general-equilibrium interactions." To
be distinguished from "partial-equilibrium" or single-market
analysis, the - term is- a fancy way of saying we keep track of
feedback effects across different markets . What happens in,
say, labor markets affects goods markets, which in turn affects
capital markets , and so on. Following this chain often seriously
qualifies-and sometimes reverses-the conclusions of simple
supply-demand models confined to one market at a time.
Consider immigration, a topic of great policy interest m
the United States and other advanced economies. How does
an increase in immigration-in, say, Florida-affect the labor
market in the state? Our immediate intuition would be based
on supply and demand: an increase in the supply of workers
5 6
T H E S C I E N C E OF E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
should reduce its price, wages. This impact o f immigration
would be pretty much the end of the story if there were no
second- or third-round effects .
But what iflocal workers responded to the increased compe
tition by moving out of state, to jobs in other parts of the coun
try? What if the availability of a larger employee pool resulted
in greater physical investment in the state, as firms moved in to
build new factories and businesses? What if more workers at the
low end of the skill distribution slowed down the introduction
of new technologies? What if the migrant workers stimulated
demand for the types of goods that are produced by migrant
labor specifically? Each of these possibilities would tend to off
set the initial impact of immigration. Something along these
lines seems to have happened in 1980, when Miami received
a large influx of Cuban immigrants-amounting to 7 percent
of Miami's labor force-during the Mariel boatlift. UC B erke
ley economist David Card found that the influx had virtually
no effect on wages or unemployment in Miami, even among
the least skilled workers, who were the most directly affected.
While the precise reason for this outcome is still debated, it
is likely that some combination of general-equilibrium effects
was at work. 9
Here's another example of how thinking in general
equilibrium terms is important. Suppose you are a highly
skilled professional-an engineer, accountant, or experienced
machinist-working in the US garment industry. Is expanded
foreign trade with low-income countries like Vietnam or
57
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
Bangladesh good or bad for you? If you think only about what
happens in the garment industry (that is , in partial-equilibrium
terms) , you'll conclude that you would be worse off. These
countries likely will pose a severe competitive threat to US
garment firms . But now consider the export side. As the wider
US economy increases its exports to those new markets, which
expand thanks to receipts from the United States, new employ
ment opportunities arise in the growing export-oriented
sectors. Since these expanding sectors are likely to be skill
intensive, they will want to hire lots of engineers, accountants,
and experienced machinists. As these multimarket interac
tions work their way through the economy, you may find that
your real compensation ends up higher than before, as demand
increases for your skill set whether you move to another firm
or not.*
Unexpected results also accrue from the economics of "sec
ond best." The- General Theory of Second B est is among the
most useful in the tool kit of applied economists, and perhaps
the least intuitive to the untrained mind . It was first <level-
* This is the remarkable Stolper-Samuelson theorem, an extension of the
basic Principle of Comparative Advantage. It says that opening up to trade
benefits the factor of production that is relatively abundant (regardless of
the sector where it is employed) and hurts the scarce factor. The crucial
assumption it rests on is that different factors of production-workers of
different skill types and c apital-are mobile across industries. Wolfgang
Stolper and Paul A. Samuelson, "Protection and Real Wages," Review of
Economic Studies 9, no. 1 (1941) : 58-73.
5 8
T H E S C I E N C E O F E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
aped b y James Meade in the context o f trade policy, and subse
quently generalized by Richard Lipsey and Kelvin Lancaster. 10
Its core insight observes that freeing up some markets , or open
ing a market th�t did not exist before, is not always beneficial
when other, related markets remain restricted.
Early on, the theory was applied to trade agreements among
a group of countries, such as the European Common Mar
ket. In these arrangements, participating countries free up
trade among themselves, reducing or eliminating trade barriers
vis-a-vis each other. The basic intuition from the Principle of
Comparative Advantage suggests that all countries should reap
the gains from trade. But that is not necessarily so. Thanks to
the preferential nature of the barriers, France and Germany
now trade more with each other, which is good. This phenom
enon is known as the "trade creation effect." But for the same
reason, Germany and France may now import even less from
low-cost sources in Asia or the United States, which is bad. In
the j argon, that's called the "trade diversion effect."
To see how trade diversion reduces economic well-being,
imagine that b eef is supplied by the United States to G ermany
at a price of $ 10 0 . Assume that Germany imposes a tariff of
20 percent, raising the consumer price of US beef in the Ger
man market to $ 1 20. France, meanwhile, can supply beef of
equivalent quality only at a price of $1 19. Prior to the preferen
tial agreement between France and Germany, French suppliers,
facing the same tariff rate as US producers, were outcompeted.
Now consider what happens when Germany eliminates its tar-
59
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
iffs on imports from France but keeps in place those on the
United States . French-supplied beef suddenly becomes cheaper
in Germany ($ 1 19 versus $ 1 20) , and imports from the United
States . collapse. German consumers are better off by $ 1 , but the
German government forfeits $20 of tariff revenue previously
collected on US beef (which could have b een handed back to
consumers or used to reduce other taxes in Germany) . On bal
ance, Germany gets a raw deal.
" Second best" logic applies to a wide variety of issues. One
of the best known is Dutch disease syndrome, named after the
consequences of the late-1950s discovery of natural gas in the
Netherlands . Many observers subsequently noted that the com
petitiveness of Dutch manufacturing suffered in the 1960s, as
the Dutch guilder strengthened in response to the gas bonanza
and Dutch factories lost market share. The General Theory of
Second Best clarifies the circumstances under which a resource
boom can be (economically) bad news. The boom naturally
crowds out some economic activities-such as manufacturing
because of the currency appreciation.* This in itself is not a prob
lem: structural change is part and parcel of economic progress.
But if the crowded activities were being underprovided in the
first place-either because of government-imposed restrictions
* While currency appreciation is the more immediate mechanism, the
same effect can be caused by an increase in domestic wages. Crowding out
requires simply that domestic wages increase in foreign currency terms,
which can happen because of a rise in wages, an increase in the value of the
domestic currency, or some combination of the two.
60
T H E S C I E N C E O F E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
o r because they were the source o f technological spillovers to
other parts of the economy-then it is different. The economic
losses from the contraction of important activities can even
outweigh the direct gains from the resource boom. This is not
of purely theoretical concern. Governments in resource-rich
countries in sub-Saharan Africa face this challenge on a daily
basis , as wage pressures emanating from lucrative mining activ
ities erode their competitiveness in manufacturing.
Second-best interactions need not always reverse the stan
dard conclusions; sometimes they strengthen the case for mar
ket liberalization. In the Dutch disease example, the adverse
effect on manufacturing would be good news if the declining
industries were " dirty" ones that caused environmental dam
ages they did not pay for. But often the effect is to turn our
standard intuitions upside down, with a move that appears
to be in the right direction instead taking us further away
from the target. Two wrongs can make a right. Since markets
are never textbook p erfect, such second-best problems per
vade real life. As the Princeton economist Avinash Dixit says,
" The world is second-best at best."11 This means we have to
be wary of economists' benchmark models , which presume
well-functioning markets . Often they need to be tweaked by
introducing some of the more salient market imp erfections.
Selecting the right model to apply is key.
Strategic b ehavior and interactions offer a third source of
counterintuitive outcomes. We've already seen an example of
this in the context of the prisoners' dilemma. Opportunistic
61
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
behavior leads in this case to an outcome that each player would
rather avoid. More broadly, as Thomas Schelling observed long
ago, recognizing the presence of strategic interactions-what I
do will affect what you do, and vice versa-can produce actions
that would make little sense otherwise . 12 My threat to bomb
you if you do not meet my demand is not credible as long as
you retain the capacity to retaliate; so the threat is ineffective.
But what if I act "crazy," sowing doubt in your mind that I am
rational in the first place?
Strategic moves, designed to turn the interaction to one
player's advantage, can take varied forms . To convince you
that I will not negotiate my price down further before the
deadline for reaching an agreement, I might simply cut off all
communication-a strategy of " burning bridges." To prevent
you from competing with me, I might build such excess capac
ity that, were you to enter my line ofbusiness, I would have the
incentive to ·· engage - in aggressive price cutting that eventually
would drive both of us into bankruptcy. To increase my trust
worthiness as a borrower, I might contract with a third party
(the mafia?) to impose a large cost on me (break my leg?) if I
fail to pay back the money you lend to me. 1 3 In all these cases,
actions that would not make sense outside the strategic context
suddenly sound plausible in light of the intended goal of alter
ing a competitor's or partner's cost-benefit calculus.
Finally, some counterintuitive outcomes arise out of the
problem of " time-inconsistent preferences," which represent
a conflict, loosely speaking, between what is desirable in the
62
T H E S C I E N C E O F E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
short r u n and what i s desirable in the long run. Politicians may
recognize that printing money only produces inflation in the
long run, but they often cannot resist the temptation to inflate
a little bit right now to stimulate some extra economic activity
before they're up for election. Consumers know they should
save for old age, but often they cannot stop maxing out their
credit cards. These examples are a kind of strategic interaction,
except that the interaction takes place between today's self and
the future sel£ The inability of today's self to commit to the
desirable pattern of behavior harms the future self.
The generic solution to these problems is a strategy of pre
commitment. In the inflation example, the policy maker might
choose to delegate monetary policy to an independent cen
tral bank that is tasked with price stability alone or is run by
an ultraconservative banker. In the saving example, someone
might ask an employer to make automatic deductions to a
retirement plan. The paradox in these cases is that reducing
one's freedom of action can make one b etter off, defying the
usual economic dictum that more choice is always better than
less . But the paradox is only an illusion. What is a paradox
for one class of models is often readily comprehensible within
another class of models.
Scientific Progress, One Model at a Time
Ask an economist what makes economics a science, and the
reply is likely to be, " It's a science because we work with the sci-
6 3
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
entific method: we build hypotheses and then test them. When
a theory fails the test, we discard it and either replace it or come
up with an improved version. Ultimately, economics advances
by developing theories that better explain the world."
This is a nice story, but it bears little relationship to what
economists do in practice and how the field really makes prog
ress.* For one thing, much of economists' work departs sig
nificantly from the hypothetico-deductive mold according to
which hypotheses are first formulated and then confronted
with real-world evidence. A more common strategy is to for
mulate models in response to a particular regularity or outcome
that existing models don't appear to explain-for example, the
apparently perverse behavior of banks to ration how much they
lend to firms instead of charging them higher interest rates.
The researcher develops a new model that he or she claims bet
ter accounts for the " deviant" observations.
In the case of eredit-rationing, default risk is a plausible expla
nation: raising interest rates above a certain threshold would
lead the borrower to gamble on increasingly risky projects,
* Ever since Thomas Kuhn's The Structure of Scientific Revolutions (Chicago:
University of Chicago Press, 1 962) , it has become commonplace to
question whether even the natural sciences fit this idealized mold. Kuhn
pointed out that scientists work within "paradigms" that they're unwilling
to give up even in the presence of evidence that violates them. My point
about economics will be different. It is that economics as a science advances
"horizontally" (by multiplying models) rather than "vertically" (by newer
ones replacing older ones).
64
T H E S C I E N C E OF E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
since the losses are capped at the lower end. Thanks to limited
liability, the borrower might not be forced to turn over to his
creditors an amount greater than his marketable assets . 14 The
resulting model might be presented as a deduction from first
principles. That, after all, is the accepted view of economists'
scientific method. But in fact, the thinking that produced the
model involved a large element of induction. And since the
model is specifically devised to account for a particular empiri
cal reality, it can't be directly tested by being confronted with
that same reality. In other words, credit rationing cannot itself
constitute a test of the theory, since it's what motivated the
theory in the first place .
Moreover, even when a truly deductive, hypothesis-testing
approach is followed, much of what economists produce is not
really testable in any strict sense of the word. The field is rife
with models that yield contradictory conclusions, as we've
seen. Yet very few of the models that economists work with
have ever been rejected so decisively that the profession dis
carded them as dearly false. Considerable academic activity
purports to provide empirical support for this or that model.
But these exercises are typically brittle, their conclusions often
weakened (or overturned) by subsequent empirical analysis.
C onsequently, the profession's progression of favored models
tends to follow fad and fashion, or changing tastes about what
is an appropriate modeling strategy, instead of evidence per se.
The sociology of the profession is a subj ect for a later chapter.
The more fundamental point is that the fluidity of social reality
65
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
makes economic models inherently difficult, even impossible,
to test. First, the social world rarely delivers clean evidence
that would allow a researcher to draw clear-cut inferences
about the validity of alternative hypotheses . Most questions
of interest-what makes economies grow? does fiscal p olicy
stimulate the economy? do cash transfers reduce p overty?
cannot be studied in the laboratory. The causes we look for
are typically confounded by a jumble of interactions in the
data we have. D espite econometricians' best efforts , convinc
ing causal evidence is notoriously elusive.
An even greater obstacle is that we cannot expect any of
our economic models to be universally valid . O ne can debate
whether there are many universal laws , even in physics.* But,
as I have emphasized repeatedly, economics is something else.
* Here i s the physicist Steven Weinberg: "None of the laws of physics
known today (with the p ossible exception of the general principles of
quantum mechanics) are exactly and universally valid. Nevertheless,
many of them h ave settled down to a final form, valid in certain known
circumstances. The equations of electricity and magnetism that are today
known as Maxwell's equations are not the equations originally written
down by Maxwell; they are equations that physicists settled on after
decades of subsequent work by other physicists . . . . They are understood
today to be an approximation that is valid in a limited context . . . but in
this form and in this limited context they have survived for a century and
may be expected to survive indefinitely. This is the sort of law of physics
that I think corresponds to something as real as anything else we know."
Weinberg, " S okal's Hoax," New York Review of Books 43, no. 13 (August 8 ,
1996) : 1 1-1 5 .
6 6
T H E S C I E N C E O F E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
In economic s , context is all. What is true of one setting need
not b e true of another. S ome markets are competitive; oth
ers , not. S ome require second-best analysis ; others may not .
S ome political systems face time-inconsistent problems in
monetary policy; others don't. And so on. It is not surprising
to find-as with, say, privatization of state assets or import
liberalization-that the responses of different societies to
quite similar p olicy interventions often vary greatly. Savvy
economists end up applying different models to make sense
of divergent outcome s . This reliance on multiple models does
not reflect the inadequacy of our models; it reflects the con
tingency of social life .
Knowledge accumulates in economics n o t vertically, with
b etter models replacing worse ones, but horizontally, with
newer models explaining aspects of social outcomes that were
unadd:ressed earlier. Fresh models don't really replace older
ones. They bring in a new dimension that may be more rel- 1
evant in some settings.
Consider how economists' understanding of the most basic
question in economics has evolved: How do markets really
work? In the beginning, the focus was markets that were fully
competitive, with a large number of producers and consum
ers , none of whom could influence market prices . It was in the
context of such competitive markets that the fundamental effi
ciency properties of a market economy were established. But
there was also an early strand of work that analyzed outcomes
when markets were imperfectly competitive, either monopo -
67
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
lized by a single producer or dominated by a couple of large
firms . It was well recognized that behavior in these markets
differed profoundly from the competitive benchmark.
Unlike the competitive model, which comes essentially in
unique form, the number and variety of imperfectly competi
tive models are limited only by the researcher's imagination.
In addition to monopolies and duopolies, we have "monopo
listic competition" (a large number of firms , each with market
p ower in a different brand) , B ertrand versus Cournot compe
tition (different assumptions about how prices are set) , static
versus dynamic models (which affect the degree of collusion
that can be sustained by firms), simultaneous versus sequen
tial moves (which determine whether there might be first
mover advantages), and so on. D epending on what we assume
along these and many other dimensions, we have learned from
decades of modeling that imperfect competition can produce
a bewildering array of p ossibilities . More important, thanks to
the transparency of the assumptions, we have also learned what
each one of these outcomes is predicated on.
In the 1970s , economists began to model another aspect of
markets: asymmetric information. This is an important feature
of real-world markets . Workers have a better sense of their abil
ity than do employers. Creditors know whether they are likely
to default or not, while lenders do not. Buyers of used cars
do not know whether they're buying a lemon, but sellers do.
Work by Michael Spence, Joseph Stiglitz, and George Aker
lof showed that these types of markets could exhibit a variety
68
T H E S C I E N C E O F E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
o f distinctive features, including signaling (costly investment
in behavior that has no immediate apparent benefit), rationing
(refusal to provide a good or service, even at a higher price) ,
and market collapse. This work earned these three economists
a j oint Nobel Prize in 2 0 0 1 and spawned a huge literature that
hums along to this day. As a result, we understand much better
the workings of credit and insurance markets, where informa
tion asymmetries are rife.*
Today, economists are increasingly turning their attention
to markets in which consumers do not behave fully rationally.
* In his Nobel address, here's how George Akerlof described the shift in
economic modeling of which he was part: "At the beginning of the 1960s ,
standard microeconomic theory was overwhelmingly based upon the
perfectly competitive general equilibrium model. By the 1990s the study of
this model was j ust one branch of economic theory. Then, standard papers in
economic theory were in a very different style from now, where economic
models are tailored to specific markets and specific situations. In this new
style, economic theory is not j ust the exploration of deviations from the
single model of perfect competition. Instead, in this new style, the economic
model is customized to describe the salient features of reality that describe
the special problem under consideration. Perfect competition is only one
model among many, although itself an interesting special case. Since the
'Market for "Lemons"' [the research that won Akerlof his Nobel Prize] was
an early paper in this new style of economics, its origins and history are a
saga in that change." Akerlof, "Writing the 'The Market for "Lemons"':
A Personal and Interpretive Essay" (20 0 1 Nobel Prize lecture), http://
www. nobelpriz e . org/nobel_prizes/economic-sciences/laureates/20 0 1 /
akerlof-article .html?utm_source=facebook&utm_medium=social&utm_
campaign=facebook_page.
69
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
This reorientation has produced a new field called behavioral
economics, which attempts to integrate the insights of psy
chology with the formal modeling approaches of economics .
These new frameworks hold great promise when consumers
behave in ways that cannot be explained by extant models
when, for example, they walk half a mile to get to another
store where a soccer ball sells for $2 less but would not do
the same to save $ 1 0 0 on an expensive stereo . Many standard
conclusions no longer apply when b ehavior is driven by norms
or heuristics-rules of thumb-rather than cost-benefit con
siderations . The irrelevance of sunk costs (payments already
made that cannot be recouped) and the equivalence between
financial costs and opportunity costs (the value of choices not
exercised) do not hold under less than full rationality, to cite
but two examples .
Although grossly simplified, this telescopic account should
give a sense oftfie expanding diversity of the profession's explan
atory models. We have moved beyond competitive models to
imperfect competition, asymmetric information, and b ehav
ioral economics. Idealized, flawless markets have given way to
markets that can fail in all sorts of ways . Rational behavior is
being overlaid with findings from psychology. Typically, the
expansion has its roots in empirical observations that seem
to contradict existing models. Why, for example, were many
firms paying their workers wages that were substantially higher
than the going market wage for apparently similar workers?15
Why would more parents show up late to pick up their kids
70
T H E S C I E N C E OF E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
when the day care center began to charge them. a fine for doing
so?* Each question precipitated new models.
The newer generations of models do not render the older
generations wrong or less relevant; they simply expand the
range of the discipline's insights. The garden-variety perfectly
competitive market model remains indispensable for answering
many real-world questions. We do not have to be concerned
with asymmetric information in a range of contexts-in
repeated purchases of simple consumer goods, for example
b ecause people tend to learn over time relevant characteristics
such as quality and durability. And we would go badly wrong if
we assumed consumer behavior is always driven by heuristics,
with rationality rarely playing a role. Older models remain use
ful; we add to them.
Progress? Yes , definitely so. Economists' understanding of
markets has never been as sophisticated as it is today. But it's
a different kind of progress than in the natural sciences. Its
horizontal expansion does not presume there are fixed laws of
* This is the famous Israeli day care center experiment reported in Uri
Gneezy and Aldo Rustichini, "A Fine Is a Price," Journal of Legal Studies
29, no. 1 Qanuary 2000) : 1-17. The authors interpret the result as a
consequence of modification of the information environment in which
the parents make their decisions, in a way that is more or less compatible
with the usual rationality postulates. An interpretation based on a shift in
norms once the fine has been introduced is provided by Samuel Bowles,
"Machiavelli's Mistake: Why Good Laws Are No Substitute for Good
Citizens" (unpublished book manuscript, 20 14).
71
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
nature waiting to be discovered. It seeks instead to uncover and
understand society's possibilities .
Itzhak Gilboa and his coauthors provide a useful analogy in
the _ ir distinction between rule-based and case-based learning. 16
"In everyday as well as professional life," they write, "people
use both rule-based reasoning and case-based reasoning for
making predictions, classifications, diagnostics, and for mak
ing ethical and legal judgments." Rule-based reasoning has
the advantage that it provides a compact way of organizing
a large volume of information, even though it may sacrifice
some accuracy in particular applications. Case-based reason
ing, on the other hand, works via analogies, drawing on other
cases that present similarities . When the relevant data cannot
b e forced into succinct rules without sacrificing too much rel
evance, the case-based approach b ecomes particularly useful.
As Gilboa and his coauthors note, " S ome of the practices that
evolved in economics can be b etter understood if scientific
knowledge can also be viewed as a collection of cases." In this
p erspective, economic science advances by expanding its col
lection of useful cases .
Models and Empirical Methods
The multiplicity of models is economics' strength. But for a
discipline with scientific pretensions, the multiplicity can also
be viewed as problematic. What kind of a science has a dif-
72
T H E S C I E N C E O F E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
ferent model for everything? Can a collection of cases, to use
Gilboa and his coauthors' analogy, really amount to a science?
Yes , as long as we keep in mind that models contain infor
mation about the circumstances in which they're relevant and
applicable. They tell us when we can use them, and when we
might not. To continue the analogy, economic models are cases
that come with explicit user's guides-teaching notes on how
to apply them. That's because they are transparent about their
critical assumptions and b ehavioral mechanisms.
This means that, in any specific setting, we can discrimi
nate , at least in principle, between models that are helpful and
models that aren't. Should we apply the competitive model
or the monopoly model to, say, the PC industry? The answer
depends on whether significant barriers-such as large sunk
costs or anticomp etitive practices-prevent potential com
p etitors from entering the market. Should we worry about
second-best complications like Dutch disease or trade diver
sion? The answer depends largely on whether specific market
imperfections-technological spillovers from manufacturing
and trade barriers against third countries , respectively-are
present and important . Actually, a lot more goes into this pro
cess of navigating among models, as I ' ll discuss more exten
sively in the next chapter. But precisely b ecause models lay
bare how specific assumptions are needed to produce certain
results , they can be sorted by context. The multiplicity of
models does not imply that anything goes. It simply means we
73
E C O N O M I C S RU L E S
have a menu to choose from and need an empirical method for
making that choice.
I do not want to claim that empirical verification necessar
ily or always works well. But even when the empirical data are
inconclusive, models enable rational and constructive debate
because they clarify sources of disagreement. In economics,
policy discussion usually means pitting one model against
another. Viewpoints and policy prescriptions that aren't backed
by a model typically don't have standing. And once the models
are produced, it becomes clear to all what each side assumes
about the real world. This may not resolve the disagreement.
Indeed, typically it doesn't, given the different ways that each
side is likely to read reality. But at least we can expect that the
two sides will eventually agree on what they disagree about.
These kinds of debates take place endlessly in economics .
For example, the controversy over the effects of redistributive
taxation largely boils down to the shape of the labor supply
curve of entrepreneurs. Those who think that entrepreneur
ship does not respond much to income incentives are much
less worried about raising taxes than are those who believe
that entrepreneurship is highly sensitive to incentives. Prob
ably the topics that provoke the fiercest debates in the profes
sion are the roles of monetary and fiscal policy in a recession.
These debates are essentially about whether recovery is ham
p ered by the economy's demand curve or supply curve. If
you believe aggregate demand is repressed, you will generally
be in favor of monetary and fiscal stimulus. If you think the
74
T H E S C I E N C E OF E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
problem is supply shock-because of excessive taxation, say,
or policy uncertainty-your remedies will be quite different.
Occasionally, empirical evidence will accumulate to the point
where the profession's preference for one set of models over
another will become overwhelming. This is what happened,
for example, in development economics, where the hypothesis
of the ignorant peasant was discarded in the 1960s in favor of
models of the calculating peasant, once it became clear that
poor farmers' responsiveness to prices was much greater than
many had thought.*
O ne debate I've been involved in focuses on the role ofindus
trial policy in low- and middle-income countries.17 These are
government policies such as cheap credit or subsidies designed
to foster structural change, from traditional low-productivity
activities such as subsistence agriculture to modern, produc
tive industries such as manufacturing. Critics have tradition
ally scoffed at them by calling them a strategy of "picking
winners"-a fool 's errand, in other words. E conomic research
has clarified over the years that the rationale for such policies
is quite strong in the environment that characterizes develop
ing economies. For a variety of reasons, related to both market
and government failures, modern firms and industries would
be smaller than they should be if left to market forces alone.
* Theodore W. Schultz, a Nobel Prize winner, led the way. Schultz,
Transforming Traditional Agriculture (New Haven, CT: Yale University Press,
1964) .
75
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
Research has also shown that governments have many ways of
stimulating positive structural change without picking winners
by investing in a portfolio of new industries as venture capital
firms do, for example. Above all, various models have clarified
that the real debate is not about industrial policy and econom
ics, but about the nature of government. If government can be a
force for good and intervene effectively, at least occasionally, then
some kind of industrial policy should be favored. If instead gov
ernment is hopelessly corrupt, industrial policy will likely make
things worse. Note how, in this case, research has pushed the
disagreement onto a domain-public administration-in which
economists have no particular expertise.
Models, Authority, and Hierarchy
Two well-known economists, Carmen Reinhart and Kenneth
Rogoff, published a paper in 2 0 1 0 that would become fodder
in a political battle with high stakes.18 The paper appeared to
show that public-debt levels above 90 percent of GDP signifi
cantly impede economic growth. C onservative US politicians
and European Union officials latched on to this work to justify
their ongoing call for fiscal austerity. Even though Reinhart
and Rogoff's interpretation of their results was considerably
more cautious, the paper b ecame exhibit A in the fiscal con
servatives' case for reducing public spending despite the eco
nomic downturn.
76
T H E S C I E N C E OF E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
A graduate student in economics at the University of Mas
sachusetts at Amherst, Thomas Herndon, then did what aca
demics are routinely supposed to do: replicate others' work and
subj ect it to criticism. Along with a relatively minor spread
sheet error, he identified some methodological choices in the
original Reinhart-Rogoff work that threw the robustness of
their results into question. Most important, even though debt
levels and growth remained negatively correlated, the evidence
for a 90 percent threshold appeared weak. And, as many others
also had argued, the correlation itself could be the result oflow
growth leading to high indebtedness, rather than the other way
around. When Herndon published his critique, coauthored
with UMass professors Michael Ash and Robert Pollin, it set
off a firestorm. 1 9
B ecause the 90 percent threshold had become politically
charged, its subsequent demolition also gained broader politi
cal meaning. Reinhart and Rogoff vigorously contested accu
sations by many commentators that they were willing, if not
willful, participants in a game of political deception. They
defended their empirical methods and insisted that they were
not the deficit hawks their critics p ortrayed them to be. Despite
their protests, they were accused· of providing scholarly cover
for a set of policies for which there was , in fact, limited sup
porting evidence.
The controversy over the Reinhart-Rogoff analysis over
shadowed what, in fact, was a salutary process of s crutiny
77
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
and refinement of economic research. Reinhart and Rogoff
quickly acknowledged the spreadsheet mistake they had made.
The dueling analyses clarified the nature of the data, their limi
tations, and how alternative methods of processing changed
the results. Ultimately, Reinhart and Rogoff were perhaps not
that far apart from their critics on either what the evidence
showed or what the policy implications were; they certainly
did not believe in a rigid threshold of 90 percent, and they
agreed that the correlation b etween high debt and low growth
could have different interpretations. The episode's silver lining
reveals that economics can progress by the rules of science.
No matter how far apart their political views may have been,
the two sides shared a common language about what consti
tutes evidence and-for the most part-a common approach to
resolving differences.
The fracas was frequently portrayed in the media as two
world-famous Harvard professors brought low by a graduate
student from a lesser-known, unorthodox department. This is
largely hyperbole. But the clash did illustrate an import aspect
of economics-something that the profession shares with other
sciences: Ultimately, what determines the standing of a piece of
research is not the affiliation, status, or network of the author;
it is how well it stacks up to the research criteria of the profes
sion itself The authority of the work derives from its internal
properties-how well it is put together, how convincing the
evidence is-not from the identity, connections, or ideology of
the researcher. And because these standards are shared within
7 8
T H E S C I E N C E O F E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
the profession, anyone c a n point t o shoddy work and say it
is shoddy.*
This may not seem particularly impressive, unless you con
sider how unusual it is compared to many other social sciences
or much of the humanities .t It would be truly rare in those
other fields for a graduate student to get much mileage chal
lenging a senior scholar's work, as happens with some frequency
* On the difference between social sciences whose standards of
argumentation and evidence pass this test and those whose standards do not,
see Jon Elster, Explaining Social Behavior: More Nuts and Bolts for the Social
Sciences (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2007), especially pp.
445-67. A very different interpretation of economics is provided in Marion
Fourcade, Etienne Ollion, and Yann Algan, The Superiority of Economists,
MaxPo Discussion Paper 14/3 (Paris: Max Planck Sciences Po Center on
Coping with Instability in Market Societies, 2014). These authors interpret
the consensus on the academic hierarchy within the discipline as a tight
form of control exercised by the top departments in the discipline. The
sharing of norms about what constitutes good work, as in many natural
sciences, is an equally plausible explanation for this consensus.
t In a famous hoax, physicist Alan Sokal submitted an article to a leading
journal of cultural studies purporting to describe how quantum gravity
could produce a "liberatory postmodern science." The article, which
parodied the convoluted style of argument in the fashionable academic world
of cultural studies, was promptly published by the editors. Sokal announced
that his intention was to test the intellectual standards of the discipline by
checking whether the journal would publish a piece "liberally salted with
nonsense." Sokal, "A Physicist Experiments with Cultural Studies,'' April
1 5 , 1996, http://www.physics.nyu. edu/sokal/lingua_franca_ v4.pdf.
7 9
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
in economics. But because models enable the highlighting of
error, in economics anyone can do it.
There is a flip side to this apparent democracy of ideas
that is less salutary. B ecause economists share a language and
method, they are prone to disregard, or deprecate, nonecono
mists' points of view. Critics are not taken seriously-what is
your model? where is the evidence?-unless they're willing to
follow the rules of engagement. Only card-carrying members
of the profession are viewed as legitimate participants in eco
nomic debates-hence the paradox that economics is highly
sensitive to criticism from inside, but extremely insensitive to
criticism from outside.
Wrong versus Not Even Wrong
The Swiss-Austrian physicist Wolfgang Pauli, a pioneer of
quantum physics , was known for his high standards and cut
ting wit. As a young and unknown student, he once endorsed
a comment made by Einstein in a colloquium by saying "You
know, what Mr. Einstein said is not so stupid." Pauli was par
ticularly critical of arguments that had scientific pretensions
but were poorly stated and had no way of b eing tested. Upon
b eing shown such a work by a younger physicist, his response
was , " It's not even wrong."20
What Pauli probably meant is that it was impossible to chal
lenge the work because no clear, coherent argument had b een
put forth. The assumptions, causal links, and implications were
80
T H E S C I E N C E O F E C O N O M I C M O D E L I N G
so vague as to render the supposed contribution irrefutable
under any circumstances. "It's not even wrong" is just about as
damning a comment for scholarly effort as one might imagine.
Having sat through quite a few talks that left me with precisely
this sentiment, I can attest that it is not an irregular occurrence.
My obvious bias aside-and apologies to my noneconomist
colleagues-obscurity of this kind happens a lot less frequently
in economics than in other disciplines.
The scientific status I have claimed for economics is not a
particularly exalted one . It lies far from the p ositivist ideal, first
articulated by the French philosopher Auguste Comte in the
early part of the 19th century, whereby a combination of logic
and evidence produces ever-higher degrees of certainty about
the nature of social life .* B oth the generality and the testabil
ity of economic propositions are limited. Economic science is
merely disciplined intuition-intuition rendered transparent
by logic and hardened by plausible evidence. "The whole of
science," Einstein once said, " is nothing but a refinement of
everyday thinking."21 At their best, economists' models pro
vide some of that refinement-and not much more.
* My take on economics is, in fact, much closer to the pragmatist tradition
in epistemology than to the positivist one.
81
CHAP T ER 3
Navigatin g anion g Models
makes economics a science is models. It
b ecomes a useful science when those models
are deployed to enhance our understanding of
how the world works and how it can be improved. Identifying
which models to use means parsing and selecting-focusing
on models that seem relevant and helpful to a specific setting,
while discarding the rest. How this sifting is done in practice
or more important, how it should be done-is the subj ect of
this chapter. But first a warning: these methods are as much
craft as they are science. Good judgment and experience are
indispensable, and training can get you only so far. Perhaps as
a consequence, graduate programs in economics pay very little
attention to craft.
Freshly minted PhDs come out of graduate school with a
large inventory of models but virtually no formal training-no
course work, no assignments, no problem sets-in how one
83
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
chooses among them. The models they end up working with
are typically the newest, the ones that have caught the profes
sion's interest in the most recent generation of research. Gradu
ates who eventually b ecome good applied economists pick up
the requisite skills along the way, as they are confronted with
policy questions and challenges during their professional lives.
But unfortunately, few able practitioners bother to systematize
what they've learned, in the form of books or articles, for the
benefit of less experienced members of the discipline.
Model selection also gets short shrift in economics in light of
the profession's official take on what kind of science it is . As I 've
discussed already, the party line holds that economics advances
by improving existing models and testing hypotheses. Models
are continually refined until the true universal model comes
into view. Hypotheses that fail the test are discarded; those that
pass are retained. This way of thinking leaves little room for
the idea that economists have to carry multiple models in their
heads simultaneously, and that they must build maps between
specific settings and applicable models .
If all that economists do is expand the library of models-if,
in other words, they are pure theorists-they can't do much
harm. But most economists are engaged also in more practi
cal things . In particular, they are interested in two related
questions: how does the world really work, and how can we
improve on the state of things? To j udge by the attention their
work gets in public discussion, the world expects practical
relevance of them to o. Answering the second of these ques-
8 4
N AV I GA T I N G AM O N G M O D E L S
tions usually requires having a n answer t o the first. The posi
tive and the normative analyses-investigations, resp ec tively,
of what is and what should be-are deeply intertwined . In
economists' terms , both questions translate to this: What is
the underlying model?
I have stressed that a model is never an accurate descrip
tion of any reality. As David Colander and Roland Kupers put
it, " Scientific models provide, at best, half-truths."1 So when
economists ask, "What is the underlying model? " they are
not asking for the best possible representation of the market,
region, or country they happen to be analyzing. Even if they
could develop such a representation, it would be far too com
plicated and thus useless . They are asking for the model that
highlights the dominant causal mechanism or channels at work.
This model will provide the best explanation of what's happen
ing and stands the best chance of predicting the consequences
of our actions.
Imagine that your car has a problem and you want to figure
out what's wrong and how to fix it . You could pick apart the
entire car, piece by piece, in the hope of eventually encoun
tering the broken part. This is not merely time-consuming,
but may not even lead you to the solution. A car is a system,
after all. The problem may reside in the way different compo
nents relate to each other-or fail to relate-instead of in spe
cific components. Alternatively, you could try to diagnose first
which of the car's many subsystems-brakes , transmission, and
so on-led to the malfunction. Your diagnosis can draw from a
85
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
wide variety of signals: what happened just before the car broke
down, how the car responds as you turn the ignition on, and
of course, the more thorough software-based diagnostics that
today's repair shops routinely use. The exercise will eventually
lead you to the culprit: perhaps the cooling or ignition system.
Now you can focus only on the subsystem that needs fixing.
All parts of the car are required for it to run: transmission,
cooling, ignition. So we can say they are all "causal " to the
movement of the car. But the dominant mechanism in explain
ing the failure is only one of these. The rest are incidental to
the question at hand. A more complicated and realistic model
of the car-say, a full-size working replica, like Jorge Luis
Borges's famous map the size of the world-wouldn't be of
much help. What helps is knowing what to fo cus on. By the
same token, the "correct" economic model is the one that iso
lates the critical relationships, allowing us to understand what
is really caus.al among all the things going on. And the way we
arrive at the right model is not very different from the kind of
diagnostics we perform on a car.
Diagnostics for Growth Strategy
My own aha! moment about diagnostics came as I was assist
ing governments of developing nations with their economic
programs. The countries varied greatly-from South Africa to
El Salvador, from Uruguay to Ethiopia. But in each case my
colleagues and I faced the same central question: what kinds
86
N AV IGAT I N G AMO N G M O D E L S
o f policies should the government adopt t o increase the econ
omy's growth rate and raise the incomes of all social strata, the
disadvantaged groups in particular.
There was typically no shortage of proposals for reform.
• S ome analysts would focus on skills, training, and improv
ing the country's base of human capital.
• Some would focus on macroeconomic policy, recommend
ing ways to strengthen monetary and fiscal policies.
• S ome thought the country needed greater openness to trade
and foreign investment.
• S ome said taxes on private enterprise were too high and
there were too many other costs of doing business.
• S ome recommended industrial policies to restructure the
economy and foster new, high-productivity industries .
• Some advised tackling corruption and strengthening prop
erty rights.
• S ome came down in favor of infrastructure investments.
Until recently, multilateral institutions such as the World
Bank usually would have thrown all these recommendations
into a document and, voila! we would have a growth strategy.
By the 1990s, policy makers were forced to acknowledge that
this process did not work very well. A laundry-list approach
to developing policy presented governments with an impos
sibly ambitious agenda that they had no chance of implement
ing. Governments invariably failed to deliver on most of the
87
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
intended reforms. And those they did follow through on were
not necessarily the most important ones, so the economies'
response remained tepid. Meanwhile, outside advisers would
skirt blame by pointing to "slippages in reform" or "reform
fatigue" on the part of their clients. 2
My colleagues and I advocated a more strategic approach,
prioritizing a narrower range of reforms. The reforms had to
be targeted at the largest obstacles, avoiding the risk that gov
ernments would waste large amounts of political capital with
little economic growth in return. But which reforms, among
the long list above, fit the bill?
The answer dep ended on the favored model of growth.
Those of us who lo oked at growth from the perspective of
the "neoclassical mo del " emphasized the supply of physi
cal and human c apital and the barriers it faced. Those who
preferred " endogenous" growth models , in which growth
is driven by investment in new technologies, homed in on
the environment for market comp etition and innovation.
Those who had worked intensively with models that put
institutional quality at center stage concentrated on property
rights and contract enforcement. Those who were steeped
in " dual economy" models would look at the conditions fo r
structural transformation and t h e transition fr o m traditional
economic activities such as subsistence agriculture to mod
ern firms and industries . E ach one of these models provided
a different entry p oi nt to the problem and emphasized a dif
ferent set of p riorities .
8 8
N A V I GA T I N G AM O N G M O D E L S
Once it became clear that our differences on policy were the
result of favoring different models, the discussion became a lot
clearer. Now we could understand where each one of us was
coming from. More important, we could begin to narrow our
differences by confronting the separate models informally with
the evidence at hand. What should we be seeing if this or that
model was true-that is, captured the most important mecha
nism behind growth in that particular setting? What kind of evi
dence would help us determine the more relevant of two models
with different implications? Since we did not have the luxury
of waiting for all the needed data to accumulate, or to carry out
randomized or laboratory experiments on actual economies, we
had to do this in real time, with the evidence at hand.
Eventually, we developed a decision tree that helped us navi
gate across potential models. 3 The tree looks something like
the chart shown on the next page, which omits many of the
details . We would start at the top of the tree by asking whether
the constraints on investment were mainly on the supply side or
on the demand side. In other words, was investment depressed
because of inadequate supply of funds or poor returns? If the
constraints were on the supply side, we would ask whether they
were due mainly to a lack of saving or to a poorly functioning
financial system. If they were on the demand side, we would
ask whether private returns were low because of market or
government failures. If the culprit seemed to be government
failures, was this a matter of high taxes, corruption, or policy
instability? And so on.
89
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
Output/Income
I Physical capital I I Human capital I Employment I Productivity / ' / ' / ' / '
Supply- Supply- Demand- Supply- Demand- Supply- Demand- side side side side side side side problems problems problems problems problems problems problems
Low private returns and therefore inadequate demand for investment due to:
Government failures
Market failures
Problems in other markets
High taxes ; poor protection of property rights or contracts ; corruption; macroeconomic instability and inflation; . . .
Product market failures (coordination failures, learning externalities, and spillovers): . . .
Inadequate levels of other inputs in the production function: human capital, employment, technology; poor geography; . . .
F R O M G R O W T H M O D E L S TO G R O W T H D I AG N O ST I C S .
S o u rce: D a n i R o d r i k, " D i a g n o s t i c s before P r e s c r i p t i on," Journal o f Economic Perspectives 24, n o . 3
(S u m m e r 2010): 33-44. N ote: O n ly s o m e of t h e d e t a i l s are s h o w n .
At each node of the decision tree, we tried to develop infor
mal empirical tests to help us select among models that would
send us down different paths . For example, when the main
problem of an economy is inadequate supply of capital, as in the
neoclassical growth model, borrowing costs will be inversely
related to investment. Reductions in the cost of capital will
be associated with a strong investment response. Further, any
increase in transfers from abroad, such as workers' remittances
or foreign aid, will ignite a domestic investment boom. Sec-
9 0
N AV I GA T I N G AM O N G M O D E L S
tors that are the most capital-intensive o r most dependent on
borrowing will be those that have the slowest growth. Did the
implications of the model match up with observed b ehavior of
the economy in question? If yes , the answer to "What is the
underlying model? " might indeed be a version of the neoclas
sical growth model.
O n the other hand, in an economy constrained by invest
ment demand, private investment would respond primarily to
profitability shocks in goods markets. When entrepreneurs are
deterred by corruption, for example, their primary concern
will be whether they can retain the returns on their invest
ments . Availability of funds will not make much difference to
their behavior. A surge in remittances or foreign capital inflow
would produce a boom in consumption rather than investment.
(This is the case shown in the chart.) These, too, are implica
tions that could be checked against observed reality. 4
Even though the available evidence rarely settled such ques
tions once and for all, it was often possible to pare down a long
catalog of failures to a considerably shorter list. In the case of
South Africa, we were able to dismiss fairly quickly some of the
conventional culprits that preoccupied policy makers: short
age of skills, poor governance, macroeconomic instability, bad
infrastructure, or lack of openness to trade. The recent b ehavior
of the economy did not support a conclusion that any of these
were maj or constraints. The model-based approach forced us
to think in economy-wide (that is, general-equilibrium) rather
than partial-equilibrium terms. For example, business people
9 1
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
would complain about the difficulty of finding skilled work
ers , which had led many observers to believe skill shortages
were a n1aj or obstacle. But this conclusion was belied by the
fact that the most rapidly expanding segments of the economy
had been, in fact, the skill-intensive parts , such as financ e .
Whatever was holding back the economy as a whole could not
have been lack of skills . The framework instead revealed a few
critical problem areas-the high cost of unskilled labor and
the lack of competitiveness of most manufacturing industries
in particular. 5
The virtue of diagnostic analysis is that it does not presume
that a single model applies to all countries. When we worked
on El Salvador, in Central America, we concluded that a model
with market failures in modern industries provided a better
account of the economy's woes. Low investment and growth
could not be explained by inadequacy of funds, p oor institu
tions and policies, low skills, high cost of labor, or other pos
sible factors . For example, the Salvadoran economy received
plenty of remittances from abroad and had good access to
international capital markets , thanks to its credit rating. So
the problems were not on the supply side of investment. L ow
investment seemed instead to be the product of difficulties that
firms faced in getting started in the more modern, productive
parts of the economy. Some of these difficulties arose from per
vasive coordination failures, of the type I discussed in Chapter
1 . For instance, pineapple canneries could not operate profit
ably without frequent air cargo service to the US market. But
92
N AV IGAT I N G AMO N G M O D E L S
the cargo service was not profitable without a large number of
existing exporters, such as pineapple canneries. Other prob
lems included inadequate information on costs and markets in
new lines of business, given the absence of pioneer firms whose
experience could have otherwise provided valuable signals to
aspiring entrants. Our policy recommendations correspond
ingly focused on these particular problem areas. 6
Nor does the diagnostic approach presume that the under
lying model remains the same over time for a given country.
As circumstances change, a different model may become more
relevant. In fact, if the initial diagnosis is largely correct and the
government effectively addresses the problems, the underlying
model, by necessity, will be transformed. For example , as mar
ket failures in modern manufacturing industries are overcome,
infrastructure constraints (for example, ports, energy) may
become much more severe. Or skill shortages may b ecome the
more dominant obstacle. Model selection is a dynamic process,
not a onetime affair.
General Principles of Model Selection
Let's step back now from the specifics of growth diagnostics.
Experience helps to highlight some general rules and practices .
The key skill is b eing able to move back and forth between the
candidate models and the real world. Let's call this "verifica
tion." The process of model selection relies on some combina
tion of four separate verification strategies :
9 3
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
1 . Verifying critical assumptions of a model to see how well
they reflect the setting in question
2. Verifying that the mechanisms p osited in the model are,
in fact, operating
3. Verifying that the direct implications of the model are
borne out
4. Verifying whether the incidental implications , those that
the model generates as a by-product, are broadly consis
tent with observed outcomes
Verifying Critical Assumptions
As I've already discussed, what matters to the empirical rel
evance of a model is the realism of its critical assumptions. These
assumptions would produce a substantively different result if
they were altered to be more realistic. Many assumptions may
be harmless in this sense. Others can be critical for some types
of questions the model answers but not for others.
Consider a case in which a government concerned with the
high price of oil is contemplating a price cap. Answering this
question requires a view-a model-of how the market for
oil works. Let's simplify things greatly and restrict our atten
tion to two contending models: the competitive model and
the monopoly model. Proponents of the competitive model see
high prices as the result of too little supply relative to demand.
94
N AV I GA T I N G AM O N G M O D E L S
In this model a price cap-a ceiling above which oil companies
cannot charge more-would not be particularly effective. It
would create a gap between the amount of oil that consumers
demanded and the amount that producers were willing to sup
ply. There would be rationing, queues, or some other way of
eliminating the gap. The market price of oil would, in fact, be
likely to rise as total supply fell. Some people might get the oil
at a cheaper price by being at the front of the queue or by being
allotted rations, but others would surely pay the higher price.
Not a very goo d policy overall.
Proponents of the monopoly model see high prices as the
result of the oil industry acting as a cartel. In this model the
industry would create an artificial shortage by withholding sup
plies from the market in order to engineer a price rise, thereby
increasing the industry's profits. A price cap would produce
very different results in this model. Once the cap was instituted,
firms would no longer be able to determine market prices by
changing how much they sold. They would now act as price
taking firms; in other words, they would behave in the same
way that firms in the competitive model would.* If the price cap
was not set too low, the total supply would rise and the market
price would fall. The cartel would collapse, and the price cap
would be effective because it acted as a trust-busting p olicy.
* I'm neglecting here some questions about the mechanism by which
the cartel operates, and assuming simply that the cartel acts like a unified
monopoly.
95
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
What are the critical and noncritical assumptions in these
models' descriptions of the world? First, both models are about
the supply side of the industry-how the oil firms behave.
Therefore we can leave aside their assumptions about consum
ers and how they make their choices. Whether they are fully
rational, p ossess full information, vary in their incomes and
preferences, or have long time horizons is not of much inter
est. The only critical assumption on the demand side is that
there is a downward-sloping market demand curve, meaning
that an increase in the price of oil causes a reduction in the
quantity of oil consumed, everything else remaining the same .
This proposition is plausible under a very large range of cir
cumstances and can be empirically verified. These other issues
may b ecome critical in some contexts-for example, when
we're discussing the distributional effects of oil taxes-but they
do not help us choose between the two contending models
in this case. The -second assumption is that strategic dimen
sions besides price-setting b ehavior do not play a role either. So
we may also ignore implicit or explicit assumptions about, say,
firms' hiring or advertising strategies .
The truly critical assumption here is that firms have market
power in one case and not in the other. In the monopolistic
model they think they can raise the market price by restricting
supply, whereas in the competitive model they hold no such
hope. In some ways, this is an assumption about firms' psychol
ogy. We cannot get into their managers' heads to figure out
what they really believe. Asking them the question point-blank
9 6
N AV IGAT I N G AM O N G M O D E L S
i s not likely t o yield a reliable answer, given their stake i n the
issue. But we can examine prevailing conditions to see whether
a particular set of beliefs is more plausible.
The number and size distribution of firms in the industry
will play an important role . If the number is large and there
are no dominant firms, it is unlikely that firms will be able to
or will act noncompetitively. How easily new firms can enter
the industry is another important consideration. Even if few
firms currently occupy the space, the threat of new competi
tors will deter them from exercising market power. Moreover,
the oil industry is global rather than national. Comp etition
from foreign producers can act as a source of market disci
pline at the margin, even when import volumes are small.
Finally, the more easily consumers can substitute between oil
and alternative sources of energy, the less likely it is that oil
firms will be able to exert market power. Each one of these
factors can be observed and measured in principle. I ndeed,
national antitrust authorities routinely p erform this kind of a
diagnostic exercise when they suspect that firms have (and are
abusing) market power.
Models often make assumptions that are critical but unstated.
Failing to scrutinize those assumptions can lead to severe pro b
lems in practice. Economists and policy makers learned this the
hard way during the 1980s-90s frenzy over market liberaliza
tion. Freeing up prices and removing market restrictions, many
thought, would be enough for markets to work and allocate
resources efficiently. But all models of market economies pre-
97
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
sume the existence of various social, legal, and political insti
tutions. Property rights and contracts must be enforced, fair
competition must be ensured, theft and extortion must be pre
vented, and justice must be administered. Where those insti
tutional underpinnings are nonexistent or weak, as in much
of the developing world, freeing up marke_ts not only fails to
deliver the expected results, but also can backfire. Privatization
of state enterprises in the former Soviet Union, for example,
often empowered insiders and political cronies instead of pro
ducing efficient markets . The critical assumptions behind mar
ket efficiency were obscured by the fact that advanced market
economies already have strong market-supporting institutions.
Western economists took them for granted.
Once their blind spot was revealed by the disappointing
performance of developing and p ostsocialist economies , prac
titioners reacted in the usual way: by developing a new crop
of models that underscored the importance of institutions .
This was a rediscovery of an old insight: Adam Smith himself
had stressed the role of the state in ensuring conditions of free
competition, and economic historians like Douglass North had
long pointed to improved property rights as a reason for the
rise of Britain as an economic power. 7 The formalization and
extension of these ideas helped economists to understand better
how economic outcomes depend on the presence, variety, and
shape of those institutions. Thanks to these models, the critical
role that institutions play in driving economic performance has
come back to the fore.
9 8
N AV I GA T I N G AM O N G M O D E L S
Verifying Mechanisms
Models generate conclusions by pairing assumptions with
mechanisms of causation. In the oil industry example, the rela
tionship between firms' supply and the market price is a criti
cal mechanism: when the industry restricts supply, the market
price goes up; when supply is increased, the market price goes
down. Note that the models do not assume this is how the
world works; they derive it as an implication. The relationship
between industry supply and market prices is not an assump
tion, but a result that follows from the assumptions, in particular,
that demand curves slope downward and that market prices are
determined by equating the quantities demanded and supplied.
In our oil example, this is a fairly innocuous mechanism
that passes the verification test comfortably. The relationship
between quantities supplied and prices makes sense intuitively,
and there are plenty of real-world examples in which shocks to
supply have had observable effects on prices in the hypothesized
direction; consider the oil shock of 1 973-74, for example. We
do not need to have seen a demand curve or know what the
technical definition of a market equilibrium is-both abstract
concepts that do not have physical counterparts-to believe
that the mechanism the model relies on is reasonable. But in
other cases, the mechanism may result from more complicated
behavior and may require greater justification. When the jus
tification is weak, we should be concerned about whether the
model in question really applies.
99
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
Consider the Dutch disease model again. It explains how the
discovery of a natural resource can harm an economy's perfor
mance through a particular channel. As a result of the resource
boom, the country's exchange rate appreciates and manufac
turing's profitability declines . Since manufacturing is thought
to be a source of technological dynamism ("positive spill
overs ," in economists' parlance) for the economy as a whole,
the hit that manufacturing takes translates into broader losses.
The link between the real exchange rate and the health of the
manufacturing sector is critical here. If we want to apply it to
understand what happened in a resource-rich country, we need
to convince ourselves that the manufacturing sector's position
did deteriorate. If no real-world evidence supports the model's
operative mechanism, the model probably isn't a good guide to
what is really going on. We may need to turn to an alternative
model that explains why resource booms can be bad news. For
example, we may-examine a model in which resource revenues
induce conflict among competing elites, sparking internal strife
and instability. The causal mechanism now is quite different,
but it remains subj ect to verification.
Verifying Direct I mplications
Many models are constructed to account for regularly observed
phenomena. By design, their direct implications are consistent
with reality. But others are built up from first principles , using
the profession's preferred building blocks . They may be math-
1 0 0
N AV IGAT I N G AM O N G M O D E L S
ematically elegant and match up well with the prevailing mod
eling conventions of the day. However, this does not make
them necessarily more useful, esp ecially when their conclu
sions have a tenuous relationship with reality.
Macroeconomists have been particularly prone to this prob
lem. In recent decades they have put considerable effort into
developing macro models that require sophisticated mathemat
ical tools, populated by fully rational, infinitely lived individu
als solving complicated dynamic optimization problems under
uncertainty. These are models that are "microfounded," in the
profession's parlance: The macro-level implications are derived
from the b ehavior of individuals, rather than simply postu
lated. This is a good thing, in principle. For example, aggre
gate saving b ehavior derives from the optimization problem in
which a representative consumer maximizes his consumption
while adhering to a lifetime (intertemporal) budget constraint.*
Keynesian models, by contrast, take a shortcut, assuming a
fixed relationship between saving and national income .
However, these models shed limited light on the classical
questions of macroeconomics: Why are there economic booms
and recessions? What generates unemployment? What roles can
fiscal and monetary policy play in stabilizing the economy? In
trying to render their models tractable, economists neglected
* An early example of these "real business cycle" (RBC) models is Finn
E. Kydland and Edward C. Prescott, "Time to Build and Aggregate
Fluctuations," Econometrica 50, no . 6 (1982) : 1345-70.
1 0 1
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
many important aspects of the real world. In particular, they
assumed away imperfections and frictions in markets for labor,
capital, and goods . The ups and downs of the economy were
ascribed to exogenous and vague "shocks" to technology and
consumer preferences. The unemployed weren't looking for
j obs they couldn't find; they represented a worker's optimal
trade-off between leisure and labor. Perhaps unsurprisingly,
these models were poor forecasters of maj or macroeconomic
variables such as inflation and growth. 8
As long as the economy hummed along at a steady clip and
unemployment was low, these shortcomings were not partic
ularly evident. But their failures become more apparent and
costly in the aftermath of the financial crisis of 2008-9. These
newfangled models simply could not explain the magnitude
and duration of the recession that followed. They needed, at
the very least, to incorporate more realism about financial
market imperfections. Traditional Keynesian models, despite
their lack of microfoundations, could explain how economies
can get stuck with high unemployment and seemed more rel
evant than ever. Yet the advocates of the new models were
reluctant to give up on them-not b ecause these models did
a b etter j ob of tracking reality, but because they were what
models were supposed to look like. Their modeling strategy
trumped the realism of conclusions.
Economists' attachment to particular modeling conven
tions-rational, forward-looking individuals, well-functioning
markets , and so on-often leads them to overlook obvious
1 0 2
N AV I GA T I N G AM O N G M O D E L S
conflicts with the world around them. Yale University game
theorist Barry Nalebuff is more world-savvy than most, yet
even he has gotten into trouble. Nale buff and another game
theorist found themselves in a cab late one night in Israel. The
driver did not turn the meter on but promised them he would
charge a lower price at the end of the ride than what the meter
would have indicated. Nalebuff and his colleague had no rea
son to trust the driver. But they were game theorists and rea
soned as follows: Once they had reached their destination, the
driver would have very little bargaining power. He would have
to accept pretty much what his passengers were willing to pay.
So they decided that the driver's offer was a good deal, and
they went along. Once arriving at their destination, the driver
requested 2 , 5 0 0 shekels . Nalebuff refused and offered 2 , 20 0
shekels instead. While Nalebuff was attempting t o negotiate,
the outraged driver locked the car, imprisoning his passengers
inside, and drove at breakneck speed back to where he had
picked them up. He kicked them to the curb, yelling, " See how
far your 2 , 20 0 shekels will get you now."9
Standard game theory, it turned out, was a poor guide for
what actually transpired. A little bit of induction may have
helped Nalebuff and his colleague recognize at the outset that
real-world people do not act like the rational automatons that
populate theorists' models!
Today, it is unlikely they would have made the same mis
calculation. Experimental work has become much more com
mon, and game theorists have a greater appreciation of where
103
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
their standard predictions go wrong. Consider the "ultimatum
game," in which the calculations are reminiscent of the taxicab
experience. Two players have to agree on how to share $100.
One side makes a take-it-or-leave-it offer, which the other side
either accepts or rej ects . If the responder accepts, then each
side receives what they agreed on. If he rej ects , they both get
nothing. If both players are "rational," the first player will keep
almost the entire $ 1 0 0 for himself, offering the other player a
tiny share (perhaps j ust $ 1) . The respondent will agree, because
even a token amount is b etter than nothing. In reality, of course,
people play this game very differently. Most offers are in the
range of $30-$50, and anything less is typically rej ected by the
responding player. Standard game theory has little predictive
power for this game. That's one reason why economists have
moved to different types of models. Recent work in behavioral
economics incorporates considerations of fairness and therefore
is more applicable to real-life settings that resemble the ultima
tum game.
Lab experiments use human subj ects , typically undergradu
ates, and have long been common in psychology. Thanks to
these investigations, economists are learning more about what
drives human behavior besides material self-interest, such as
altruism, reciprocity, and trust. Models of competition and
markets are being discarded or refined if their results are rou
tinely violated in these experiments. But many economists
remain skeptical about the value of lab experiments because
of the artificial setting in which they occur. In addition, they
1 0 4
N AV IGA T I N G AM O N G M O D E L S
argue, the monetary stakes fo r the human subj ects used i n the
experiments are typically small, and college students may not
be representative of the population at large.
One type of experiment that economists have turned to in
recent years-the field experiment-is, in principle, immune
to such criticisms. Typically in these experiments , economists
working in concert with local organizations separate people or
communities randomly into "treatment" and "control" groups
and observe whether real-life outcomes differ in the manner pre
dicted by the particular model motivating the treatment. One of
the very first such experiments was attempted during the rollout
in 1997 of the Mexican antipoverty program that I mentioned
in the Introduction. The program-originally called Progresa,
then Oportunidades, and now Prospera-was the front-runner of
today's popular conditional cash grant programs, which pro
vide poor families with income support as long as they keep
their children in school and show up for regular health check
ups . As the economist Santiago Levy, who was instrumental in
designing and implementing the program, describes it, the goal
was to leverage some simple economic principles to achieve
b etter results. 10 Direct cash grants would provide more effec
tive poverty relief than food subsidies already in place . And the
conditional element of the grants would ensure, it was hoped,
improved education and health.
Even though the program was national in scope, it would
be phased in gradually. So, Levy got the idea that he could
undertake a clean test of the effectiveness of the program. By
105
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
selecting at random the communities participating in the pro
gram in the early phases, he would create separate treatment
and control group s . The difference in outcomes b etween the
two groups could then be attributed to the effects of Progresa.
Subsequent evaluations found that Progresa reduced the num
ber of p eople below the poverty line by 10 p ercent; increased
boys' and girls' secondary-school enrollment rates by 8 and
14 percent, respectively; and lowered the incidence of ill
ness in young children by ab out 12 p ercent . 1 1 These positive
results validated the thinking that had gone into the design
of the program and led governments in other countries, from
Brazil to the Philippines , to institute similar conditional cash
transfer programs.
Since the Progresa experiment, randomized field experiments
have swept the field. A wide variety of social policies have been
evaluated using essentially the same technique. These range
from the free distribution of insecticide-treated bed nets in
Kenya to the distribution of report cards to parents in Pakistan
on how their children's schools are doing relative to others in
the same district. Each one of these experiments is essentially
a test of an underlying economic model: in Kenya, a model for
the effect of small price disincentives in discouraging bed net
use; and in Pakistan, a model for the role that parents empow
ered by b etter information can play in improving school perfor
mance. They have shown the powerful impact of imaginative
solutions when an important constraint is identified correctly.
For example, Ted Miguel and Michael Kremer found that
1 0 6
N AV I GA T I N G AM O N G M O D E L S
a relatively cheap deworming treatment fo r schoolchildren i n
Kenya produced substantial benefits in terms o f school atten
dance and, eventually, wages.12 Esther Duflo, Rema Hanna,
and Stephen Ryan found that placing cameras in the classroom,
so that the presence of teachers could be recorded, reduced
teacher absenteeism by 21 percent in rural India . 13 There were
also important negative results. Field experiments to date have
shown that microfinance-the provision of small loans, typi
cally to women or groups of women-is not particularly effec
tive in reducing poverty. 14 These results stand in sharp contrast
to the hype that microfinance has attracted in development
policy circles. They throw cold water on models that suggest
lack of access to finance is among the most important con
straints that poor households face.
MIT, Yale, and UC B erkeley have maj or centers devoted to
running field experiments that evaluate policy and test models.
The obvious shortcoming of field experiments is that they are
only tenuously related to many of the central questions of eco
nomics. It is difficult to see how economy-wide experiments
could be performed that would test macroeconomic questions
on the role of fiscal or exchange-rate policy, for example. And,
as usual, one needs to interpret experimental results with care,
since those results may not apply to other settings-the usual
problem of external validity.
Economists sometimes test whether their models' implica
tions are borne out in so-called natural experiments . These
experiments rely on randomness that is generated not by the
107
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
researcher, but serendipitously by circumstances that have
nothing to do with the research per se. One of the first such
exercises in economics was MIT economist Joshua Angrist's
work examining the effect of military service on men's subse
quent earning ability in the labor market. To avoid the prob
lem that men who choose to j oin the army may be inherently
different from those who do not, Angrist used the Vietnam
War-era draft lottery, which had created random recruitment.
He found that men who had served in the early 1970s ended
up earning about 15 percent less a decade later than men who
had never served.15
Columbia University economists Donald Davis and David
Weinstein used the US bombing of Japanese cities during the
Second World War to test two models of city growth. O ne
model was based on scale economies (decline in production
costs as urban _ densit� increased) , and th� other was based on
locational advantages (such as access to a natural seaport). Even
though the bombing was obviously not random, it created a
natural way to test whether cities that had been badly destroyed
would remain depressed or bounce back to their original posi
tion. The model based on scale economies suggested that cities
would not recover after b eing sharply reduced in size, whereas
the locational-advantage model predicted otherwise. Davis and
Weinstein found that most Japanese cities returned to their pre
war relative size within a decade and a half, providing support
for the latter model.16
Economists employ a wide a range of strategies to verify
1 0 8
N AV I GA T I N G AM O N G M O D E L S
whether the immediate implications o f different models are
confirmed in the real world, from the informal and anecdotal
to the sophisticated and quantitative. Experimental meth
ods generally provide more credible tests, as long as they can
be carried out in settings close enough to the application in
question. Many policy questions, however, either do not lend
themselves to experiments or require answers in real time, thus
not allowing the luxury of time-consuming field experiments.
In such cases, there is no alternative to keen observation com
bined with common sense.
Verifying I ncidental Implications
A significant advantage of having models to work with is that
they provide a wide range of implications that go beyond the
initial observation or motivating problem. These additional
implications provide extra leverage for navigating among
them. They enable the economist to move from the induc
tive back to the deductive mode of analysis , helping greatly in
model selection.
During the mid-1990s I was investigating an empirical reg
ularity that had received little attention in economics: coun
tries that were more exposed to international trade had larger
public sectors. This fact had b een first observed by the Yale
political scientist David Cameron for a subset of the member
countries of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and
D evelopment (OECD) . 17 My own research showed that the
109
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
finding extended also to virtually all the countries of the world
(those with the requisite statistics, that is) . The question was
why. Cameron had hypothesized that public spending was a
buffer-a source of social insurance and a stabilizer for econo
mies that might otherwise be subj ected to extensive foreign
shocks . The correlation evidence was certainly consistent with
this explanation.
So much for induction. But the hypothesis could be taken
one step further-to ask what additional implications it had
for the real world. This is where the deduction stage comes in.
If Cameron's supposition was true, then the size of the pub
lic sector, upon analysis, would appear particularly sensitive to
fluctuations in the economy, rather than exposure to trade per
se. This implication generated an extra, more refined hypoth
esis that could be tested against the data. When I carried out
the empirical test, looking at the effects of volatility generated
by the external terms - of trade (prices of exports and imports
on world markets) , the results fell in line. I concluded that the
compensation-for-risk model had a lot going for it. 1 8
My colleagues and I made considerable u s e of this kind of
approach in our growth diagnostics work as well. We system
atically looked for the tangential implications of a hypoth
esis to see whether they checked out. First, if an economy's
prospects are undermined by bottlenecks in a particular area,
the relative prices of the associated resources should be com
paratively high. Shortage of physical capital (that is, plant and
equipment) should show up in high real interest rates; short-
1 1 0
N AV I GA T I N G AM O N G M O D E L S
age o f skills should result i n a high skill premium i n the labor
market; infrastructure constraints should produce power short
ages and road congestion; and so on. Second, changes in the
availability of resources in short supply should produce a par
ticularly large response in economic activity. Investment in
capital-constrained economies should respond vigorously to an
inflow of remittances and other foreign funds; a similar inflow
in return-constrained economies will stimulate consumption
over investment.
Third, serious constraints should lead firms and households
to make investments that would enable them to bypass that
constraint. If electricity is in short supply, we should see lots of
demand for private generators. If regulations on large firms are
excessive, we should see firms taking steps to remain small. If
monetary instability is a big deal, we should see a shift to for
eign currencies in everyday and financial transactions (" dollar
ization"). Finally, firms that do relatively b etter should be those
that rely comparatively less on the resources in short supply.
As my former Harvard colleague Ricardo Hausmann likes to
point out, the reason we see lots of camels and very few hip
pos in the desert is obvious: one animal lives in water, and the
other doesn't need much water at all.* Similarly, the reason we
see only skill-intensive firms doing well in an economy such as
South Africa's is that unskilled labor is particularly expensive.
* Hausmann, Klinger, and Wagner, Doing Growth D iagnostics in Practice. I
rely here greatly on this summary of " diagnostic signals."
1 1 1
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
External Validity, Redux
Ultimately, model selection is not unlike external validation
in lab or field experiments. We have an idea that works in
one setting (the model); the question is whether it also works
in another (the real world) . The external validity of models
depends on the setting in which they're applied. Once we give
up on claims of universality for our models and accept contin
gency, we recover their empirical relevance.
External validity is not a question that can be answered sci
entifically, although, as we have seen, imaginative empirical
methods do help. A lot hangs on what is essentially analogical
reasoning. As Robert Sugden puts it, " The gap between the
model world and the real world has to be crossed by induc
tive inference . . . [and this] depends on subj ective judgments
of 'similarity,' 'salience,' and 'credibility."'19 While we can
imagine expressing concepts such as "similarity" in formal or
quantitative terms, this formalization won't be helpful in most
contexts. There is an unavoidable craft element involved in
rendering models useful.
1 1 2
CHAPTER 4
Models and Theories
ou may have noticed that thus far I have generally
stayed away from the word "theory." Even though
"model" and "theory" are sometimes used inter
changeably, not least by economists, it is best to keep them
apart. The word "theory" has a ring of ambition to it. In the
general definition, it refers to a collection of ideas or hypoth
eses put forth to explain certain facts or phenomena. In some
usages, there is a presumption that it has been tested and veri
fied; in others, it remains merely an assertion. The theory of
general relativity and string theory are two examples from
physics. Einstein's theory is considered to be fully borne out by
subsequent experimental work. String theory, developed more
recently and aimed at the unification of all forces and particles
in physics, has so far received scant empirical support. Darwin's
theory of evolution based on natural selection is impossible to
1 1 3
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
verify directly and experimentally, in view of how long it takes
for species to evolve, though there is plenty of suggestive evi
dence in its favor.
As with these examples from the natural sciences, a theory
is presumed to be of general and universal validity. The same
theory of evolution applies in both Northern and Southern
Hemispheres-and might even apply to alien life . Economic
models are different. They are contextual and come in almost
infinite variety. They provide at best partial explanations,
and they claim to be no more than abstractions designed to
clarify particular mechanisms of interaction and causal chan
nels. By leaving all potential other causes out of the analysis,
these thought experiments are meant to isolate and identify
the effects of a narrow set of causes. They leave us short of a
full explanation of real-world phenomena when many causes
might be simultaneously operating.
To see the dfrference b etween models and theories, as well
as where they can overlap, we should first distinguish among
three kinds of questions.
First, there are "what" questions of this sort: What is the
effect of A on X? For example: What is the effect of an increase
in the level of the minimum wage on employment? What is
the effect of capital inflow on a country's rate of economic
growth? What is the consequence of an increase in government
spending on inflation? As we've seen, economic models pro
vide answers to these questions by describing plausible causal
channels and clarifying how these channels depend on a par-
1 1 4
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
ticular setting. Notice that answering these questions does not
amount to making a forecast, even if we can be reasonably sure
that we have the appropriate model. In the real world, many
things change alongside the effect we're analyzing. We may
be correct in our prediction that a rise in the minimum wage
depresses employment, but in the real world the effect may
be confounded by a general uptick in demand that increases
employers' payrolls regardless . This kind of analysis is the
proper domain of economic models.
Second, there are "why" questions that seek an explanation of
an observed set of facts or developments . Why did the industrial
revolution take place? Why did inequality rise in the United
States after the 1970s? Why did we have the global financial
crisis of 2008? In each case we can conceive of theories-and
not only economic ones-that purport to provide an answer.
But they are specific rather than universal theories. They aim to
shed light on particular historical episodes and do not describe
general laws and tendencies.
Still, the formulation of such theories poses difficulties for the
analyst. An economic model scrutinizes the consequences of a
particular cause. It answers what statistician Andrew Gelman
calls a question of "forward causation." But explaining some
thing after the fact requires scrutinizing all possible causes. It is,
again in Gelman's terminology, a matter of "reverse causal infer
ence." It requires looking for particular models, or some combi
nation of models, that account for the facts under investigation.
The process involves model selection and parsing of the type
1 1 5
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
we saw in the previous chapter. Specific models are an essential
input to the construction of such theories, as we'll see later.1
Finally, there are the big, timeless questions of economics
and social science. What determines the distribution of income
in a society? Is capitalism a stable or unstable economic system?
What are the sources of social cooperation and trust, and why
do they vary across societies? These questions are the domain
of grand theories. A successful answer would explain the past
and also provide a guide to the future . To that extent, these
theories would form the social analogue of the physical laws
of nature. Contemporary economics is often criticized for not
taking on these big questions. Where is to day's Karl Marx or
Adam Smith? Would they even get tenure at a half-decent
university? These are fair criticisms. But a reasonable counter
argument would be that universal theories are impossible to
formulate in the social sciences, and that the b est we can do is
come up witn a series- of contingent explanations.
Economics does have its general theories-particular models
that make ambitious claims about their explanatory p ower over
the workings of market-based societies . These can be a source
of great clarification, as we' ll see. But I will argue that general
economic theories are no more than a sca:ff olding for empiri
cal contingencies. They are a way of organizing our thoughts,
rather than stand-alone explanatory frameworks. On their
own, they have little real leverage over the world. They need
to be combined with considerable contextual analysis before
they become useful.
1 1 6
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
I will then turn to theories of the intermediate kind, meant
to explain particular developments in the economy. I focus on a
concrete question: Why has inequality increased in the United
States so much since the 1 970s? We will assess the relative con
tributions of different models and show how such a process
generates insight even when it does not produce a conclusive
and widely agreed theory.
The Theory of Value and Its Distribution
Perhaps the most fundamental question in economics 1s,
What creates value? For an economist, this means: What
explains the prices of different goods and services in a market
economy? The " theory of value" in economics is essentially a
theory about price formation. If this question no longer seems
foundational-or particularly interesting-for the contempo
rary reader, it is b ecause it has been demystified by theoretical
developments that cut through a thicket of confusion sur
rounding it.
Classical economists such as Adam Smith, David Ricardo,
and Karl Marx subscribed to the view that the costs of produc
tion determined value. If something costs more to produce, its
price must be higher. Costs of production were, in turn, traced
to wage payments made to workers , either directly in the activ
ity in question or indirectly when labor was employed to pro
duce the machines that were being used. This was dubbed the
" labor theory of value," to be distinguished from earlier theo-
1 17
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
ries, like that of the French physiocrats, who viewed land as the
ultimate source of value.
But it is one thing to say labor creates value and another to
explain the level of wages. Classical economists tended to have
a pretty dreary view on that. They presumed wages would
hover around the subsistence level, the level required to feed,
clothe, and shelter a family. If wages rose too much above this
level, the result would be an increase in population-because
more children could survive-and in the labor force. As a
consequence, wages would drop back down to their "natural"
level. The main beneficiaries of economic advances and tech
nological progress would therefore be owners of land, which
was in finite supply. It was this kind of thinking, associated
in particular with Thomas Malthus, that led the nineteenth
century essayist Thomas Carlyle to famously call economics
the " dismal science."
Marx, whose influence would extend well into the twen
tieth century, also adhered to the labor theory of value. He,
too, b elieved that wages were held down. But in his theory
the culprits were capitalists who exploited workers and man
aged to discipline them through the "reserve army of the
unemployed." In Marx's case, capitalists expropriated the
surplus value from workers' efforts. But this was a Pyrrhic
victory, as competition among capitalists would eventually
drive the profit rate down and invite a generalized crisis of
the capitalist system.
The labor theory of value, placing the onus of price determi-
1 1 8
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
nation solely on the production side, had little to say about con
sumers. But didn't the demand side of the picture play a role?
Shouldn't prices also respond to the preferences of consumers
and any changes in those preferences? The classical approach
focused on the long run. It had little to say on short-run fluc
tuations or on the determination of relative prices.
The full synthesis of the supply and demand sides of price
determination came with the "marginalist'' revolution of the
late nineteenth century. Marginalist economists such as Wil
liam Stanley Jevons, Leon Walras , Eugen von Bohm-Bawerk,
Alfred Marshall, Knut Wicksell, and John Bates Clark shifted
the ground of analysis one step back: from observed quanti
ties such as wages and rents toward unobserved hypotheti
cal mathematical constructs such as "consumer's utility" and
"production functions ." They also generalized the classical
approach by allowing substitution among different production
inputs such as labor and capital; they could now analyze how
firms switch from, say, labor to machines as wages and machine
prices changed. Their use of explicit mathematical relation
ships enabled them to describe the determination of prices,
costs , and quantities in different markets as the simultaneous
outcome of (and interplay between) consumer preferences and
the state of production technology.
The marginalists established a chief insight of the modern
theory of value-namely, that prices are determined at the
margin. What determines the market price of oil, for example,
is not the production cost or consumer valuation of oil o n aver-
1 1 9
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
age. It is the cost and valuation of the last unit of oil sold. In mar
ket equilibrium, the production cost and consumer valuation
of that last unit (the marginal unit) are exactly equal-to each
other and to the market price . If they were not, the market
would not be in equilibrium and there would be adjustments
to bring these back into equilibrium. When the market price
exceeds consumers' valuation of the last unit, consumers cut
back on their purchases; when it falls short, consumers buy
more. Similarly, when the market price is greater than the cost
of producing the last unit, firms expand production; when it is
less , firms reduce production.
The marginalists discovered that the supply and demand
curves represent none other than the marginal costs and mar
ginal valuations of the producers and consumers, respectively.
The market price is where these two schedules intersect. The
answer to the question of whether value is determined by pro
duction costs or, alternatively, by consumer benefits is that it is
determined by both-at the margin.
The marginalists' approach to determining prices applied
equally well to costs of production. Labor's earnings (wages)
are determined by the marginal productivity oflabor, and capi
talists' earnings (rents) are determined by the marginal product
of capital-what the last unit of lab or and capital, respectively,
add to the output of the firm. Now, suppose that production
takes place under constant returns , meaning that doubling the
amount of capital and labor used doubles the amount of output.
Under this assumption, the math guarantees that paying labor,
1 20
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
capital, and other inputs their marginal productivity results in
a full allocation of the income generated by production among
all the inputs that contribute to production. In other words, we
now have a theory of distribution-who gets what-in addi
tion to a theory of value.
This theory tells us how national income is distributed
b etween labor and capital. If we distinguish further among
different types of labor, we can also get the distribution of
income across workers of various skill types, such as high
school dropouts, high school graduates, and college graduates .
This is what's called the functional distribution of income. By
combining it with information on the type and amount of
capital people own, we can, in turn, derive the distribution of
income across individuals or households-the personal distri
bution of income.
How useful are such theories? O n the face of it, the neoclas
sical synthesis appears to provide solid answers to two of the
fundamental questions in economics: What creates value, and
what determines how it is distributed? These theories have
clarified a lot. In particular, we now understand how produc
tion, consumption, and prices are all j ointly determined as a
system. And we have a plausible account of the functional dis
tribution of income . But the theories are based on concepts
marginal utility, marginal cost, marginal product-that cannot
be observed. They require additional assumptions and con
siderably more structure before they can be made operational
in the sense of measurement and explanation. Furthermore,
1 2 1
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
they are far from universal. Subsequent research has made clear
that, even within their own logic, these theories depend on
special circumstances.
We've already seen how the supply-demand framework
on which value theory rests is subj ect to important caveats.
The conditions for perfect competition may not exist, and the
market may be monopolized by a small number of produc
ers . Consumers may behave in ways that are far from rational.
Production may be subj ect to scale economies, and marginal
costs may decrease with quantities produced, contradicting the
rising marginal costs required for the standard upward-sloping
supply curve. And in any case, where do concepts such as the
"production function" and "utility" come from? Firms clearly
differ in their ability to access, adopt, and employ available
technologies . Consumer preferences are hardly fixed; they are
shaped in part by what happens in the economic and social
world. Opening up -these particular black boxes creates new
theoretical challenges that are not yet fully resolved.
The neoclassical theory of distribution has its own special
holes . For one thing, the notion of a coherent, measurable
concept of " capital" as a unified factor of production has been
the source of considerable controversy within the profession.
But let's set that thorny issue aside. Focusing on wages alone,
does the marginal-productivity theory track the behavior of
labor compensation?
The answer is that it depends on the precise question and the
setting we're examining. Looking across countries, between 80
1 2 2
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
and 90 percent of the differences in wage levels can be accounted
for by the variation in national labor productivity levels. We do
not observe marginal productivity directly; all we can measure
is average labor productivity (gross domestic product divided by
employment levels) . But as long as the relationship between the
average and the marginal does not vary much across nations,
the tight cross-country association between wages and average
labor productivity can be interpreted as supporting the theory.
This is not a trivial matter. It allows us to conclude, for exam
ple, that wages in Bangladesh or Ethiopia are a small fraction of
wages in the United States largely because of the poor state of
productivity in these countries-and not because of the exploi
tation of labor or coercive institutions. Institutions might mat
ter, but they seem to be directly responsible for at most a small
share of the variation across countries in distributive outcomes
between labor and capital. 2
But let's look at what has happened in the United States since
2000. Average real compensation grew by about 1 percent per
year between 2 0 0 0 and 201 1 , from about $32 per hour to $35
per hour (in 2 0 1 1 dollars) . Meanwhile, labor productivity grew
by 1 .9 percent p er year during the same period, at almost twice
the growth rate of compensation. Some of this gap is due to
the fact that the prices of the goods US workers consume rose
more rapidly than the prices of goods they produce. So the
consuming power of workers increased less rapidly than their
productivity-something that can be accommodated within
the standard theory without a great stretch. This relative-price
1 23
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
effect, however, accounts for only about a quarter of the gap,
leaving the remaining three-quarters a mystery.*
To remain strictly within the boundaries of neoclassical dis
tribution theory, we would have to say that labor's marginal
contribution to output fell sharply in this p eriod. One pos
sible culprit is the increasing use of machines and other forms
of capital, as well as the displacement of labor by new tech
nologies . Indeed, many economists make this argument when
interpreting the weak growth in wages over the last decade. But
the same result may also have b een due to changes outside the
ambit of neoclassical theory-in bargaining, workplace norms ,
and policies such as minimum wages. Distinguishing among
these alternative explanations is difficult because the neoclas
sical theory hinges on the mathematical representation of the
underlying technology (the "production function") and the
changes therein, which are not directly observable. Ultimately,
a theory that cannot be pinned down is not very helpful.
A wide variety of alternative theories of distribution exist.
S ome emphasize explicit bargaining between employers and
employees, where the prevalence of trade unions and collec
tive-bargaining rules can shape the sharing of revenues of
the enterprise between the two parties. Compensation levels
of high income earners such as CEOs seem also to be deter-
* Lawrence Mishel, The Wedges between Productivity and Median Compensation
Growth, Issue Brief330 (Washington, DC: Economic Policy Institute, 2 0 1 2) .
Mishel focuses on median wages, which have increased considerably more
slowly than average wages, because of rising inequality in compensation;
1 24
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
mined largely by bargaining. 3 Other models highlight the role
of norms in the spread that is considered acceptable between,
say, the CEO 's compensation and the amounts earned by rank
and-file employees. Most economists would acknowledge that
workers in the United States and Europe greatly benefited
from the more egalitarian social understanding of the 1950s
and 1960s. Yet other models suggest that profit-maximizing
reasons motivate certain firms to pay more than the going mar
ket wage, without departing from the marginal-productivity
framework as such. For example, above-market "efficiency"
wages , as they are called, may make sense for employers in
order to motivate workers or minimize labor turnover (to
reduce costs of hiring and training). These wrinkles move us
away from general-purpose models and take us back, again, to
specific models that may be relevant in different settings .
The big theories in the end deliver less than what they
promise. They are shallow approaches that identify the proxi
mate causes but need to be backed up with considerable detail,
necessarily specific to context. As I 've highlighted, they are
best thought of as a scaffolding.
The Theory of Business Cycles
and Unemployment
Ever since Paul Samuelson's doctoral dissertation, published
in 1947 as Foundations of Economic Analysis, economics has
been split between microeconomics and macroeconomics. The
1 2 5
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
domain of microeconomics is price theory, the ideas covered in
the previous section. Macroeconomics deals with the behavior
of economic aggregates-inflation, total output, and employ
ment, in particular. Macroeconomics takes as its central ques
tions the up-and-down .fluctuations in economic activity that
economists call the " business cycle." Here, too , there has been
no shortage of grand theorizing. We have learned considerably
with each successive wave. But the attempts to develop a grand
unified theory of what determines the business cycle have to
be judged a failure.
To classical economists , there was not much difference
between the way individual markets worked and the way the
economy as a whole behaved. Unemployment, in particular,
could be understood as a result of wages (the market price of
labor) being set at the wrong level. If wages were too high,
employers would hire too few workers, just as too high a price
for apples would. result in too little apple consumption. This
scenario has come to be called "classical unemployment."
Along similar lines, the overall level of prices in the economy
was determined by the quantity of money and liquidity in the
system. Sustained price inflation was the result of too much
money being in circulation.
The classical economists' approach to the business cycle
was typified by their view that the macroeconomy, to use
the term anachronistically, was self-stabilizing. Unemploy
ment would eventually be eliminated as the shortage of j obs
brought wages down. A burst of inflation similarly would be
1 2 6
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
cured on its own: the resultant loss in international competi
tiveness would produce a trade deficit, financed by the out
flow of gold abroad, which in turn would lead to a c orrective
reduction in the domestic money supply. These supposedly
automatic adj ustment mechanisms ensured that the business
cycle, inflation, and unemployment would all take care of
themselves . The Gold Standard epitomized this economic
orthodoxy and stoo d well into the twentieth century. Under
Gold Standard rules, countries fixed their currencies' value
against gold. For example, in the United States the price of
gold stood unchanged at $20 . 67 per ounce b etween 1 83 4 and
1933.* Governments renounced any interference in the free
flow of money across their borders , effectively placing their
monetary p olicy on economic autopilot. There was no con
cept of fiscal p olicy or stabilization policy as we know them
today. Governments could (and should) do nothing, except to
stay out of the way of these adjustments.
John Maynard Keynes thought otherwise . A conservative
revolutionary, he formulated doctrines that aimed to save capi
talism from what he felt were its inherent instabilities . Keynes
argued that it was possible for an economy with unemployment
to remain in an equilibrium for a considerable stretch of time.
The classical adjustment mechanisms would take too long to
* With the exception of the interlude during the greenback era from 1861
to 1878. Michael D. B ordo, "The Classical Gold Standard: S ome Lessons
for Today," Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Review, May 198 1 , 2-17.
1 27
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
work themselves out-years, perhaps even decades , and in the
long run , as he famously put it, "we are all dead." Moreover,
Keynes argued, there was plenty that the government could do.
When private demand fell short of what was required to gener
ate sufficient employment, Keynes contended, it should step in
and increase fiscal spending. Even if the expansion of govern
ment programs led to people digging ditches and then filling
them back in, the net result would be fuller employment and
rising national income. The Great D epression gave great cur
rency to these ideas , as governments found themselves forced
to respond to catastrophic spells of unemployment, which in
the United States p eaked at a quarter of the labor force.
Keynes was an exceptionally good and witty writer, but
he did not formulate explicit models, and his reasoning was
sometimes cloudy. To this day, economic historians debate
what the great theorist really meant by this or that. The ink on
his magnum ·op-us , The General Theory of Employment, Interest,
and Money (published in 1 93 6) , was barely dry b efore mod
els trying to encapsulate the Keynesian framework began to
appear. Among these, the most famous, and the one that had the
greatest impact for decades, was John Hicks's "Mr. Keynes and
the 'Classics .' "4 Hicks's model was the vehicle through which
Keynes's views transformed standard macroeconomics-despite
the protests of many, including Keynes, that it was at best a par
tial representation of the General Theory. Keynes was , in fact,
explicit that he was not interested in crafting a model of his
ideas . He thought it more important to communicate some
1 2 8
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
"comparatively simple fundamental ideas" than to crystallize
them in particular forms . 5
Crucial to the Keynesian apparatus was the possibility of
an imbalance between saving and investment in the economy.
These two have to equal each other after the fact, as a matter
of accounting identity: whatever is saved must find its way into
investment, and all investment has to be financed by saving
(ignoring what can be b orrowed from or lent to other coun
tries) . But Keynes highlighted the possibility that the mecha
nism through which the identity is restored could introduce
unemployment into the economy. Suppose, for concreteness,
the amount that households desire to save initially exceeds
investment. Keynes thought investment is determined by psy
chological factors ("animal spirits") that are largely external to
macroeconomic variables such as interest rates. If the invest
ment level is somehow fixed by other considerations, it is sav
ing that must adjust. How does saving come down, then, to
the lower level required by the equality between investment
and saving?
Classical economists offering a response would emphasize
the role of price adjustments, including the interest rate. A
decline in the level of prices, or a fall in the interest rate, would
b oost households' incentives to consume and eventually lower
savings. Keynes thought such price changes would be too slow,
especially in the downward direction. He highlighted instead
adjustments in the level of aggregate output and employment.
Since household saving depends on the household's income, a
1 29
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
reduction in output (and therefore incomes and employment)
also lowers saving and brings it closer to equality with invest
ment. Moreover, in situations of economic depression, where
unemployment has shot up, people may want to hoard money
so much that the interest rate becomes essentially insensitive
to changes in economic circumstances. This is the Keynesian
" liquidity trap." In this scenario the adjustment can arrive only
through a sufficiently large drop in output and employment.
The high level of saving among individual households proves,
collectively, self- defeating. Recession follows.
In this model of autonomous changes in aggregate demand,
business cycle fluctuations are the result. Insufficient demand is
the fundamental cause of unemployment. An increase in pri
vate investment or consumption spending, were it to happen,
would fix the problem. In the absence of either, the govern
ment has to act: fiscal spending must be raised to make up for
lack of private demand. This demand-side view of macroeco
nomics prevailed pretty much through the 1970s . It was elabo
rated in models of increasing variety and spawned large-scale
computerized versions that could generate quantitative fore
casts of maj or macroeconomic aggregates such as employment
levels and capacity utilization rates.
Then two things happened: the oil shock and Robert Lucas .
The oil crisis of 1 973, precipitated by the embargo applied by the
Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC),
fomented a new set of economic circumstances that had not
been on economists' radar screen: recession and inflation at the
1 3 0
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
same time, or "stagflation." Demand-side models wouldn't be
much help in the face of what was patently a supply-side shock.
Of course, the Keynesian model could be tweaked to accom
modate the effect of a rise in input prices . Many attempts were
made to do just that. But then Lucas, the University of Chicago
economist and future Nobel Prize winner, came along with a
set of ideas that revolutionized the field of macroeconomics and
eventually did much greater damage to the Keynesian model.
At the close of the 1970s, Lucas reintroduced classical think
ing into macroeconomics, in a new guise . Along with others
(in particular Tom Sargent, then at the University of Min
nesota), Lucas argued that Keynesian models took a far too
mechanical view of how individuals behave in the economy
and how they respond to government policies . 6 In the words
ofJohn Cochrane, another Chicago economist, Lucas and Sar
gent put people back into macroeconomics .7 Instead of rely
ing on aggregate relationships between, say, consumption and
income, they b egan to model how individuals decide to con
sume, save, and supply labor in much the same way that micro
economics had traditionally done, but they extended those
models to macrobehavior. These became the "microfounda
tions" of a larger theory.
This change in modeling strategy had a couple of important
implications. O ne is that it brought budget constraints explic
itly into the picture, both for individuals and for the govern
ment. Private consumption depends on future income as well
as current income, and government deficits today imply higher
1 3 1
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
taxes (or lower government spending) tomorrow. The strategy
also forced a reconsideration of how expectations are formed.
If people are rational in making their consumption decisions,
Lucas and Sargent argued, they should also b e rational in how
they make their forecasts about the future. These forecasts
should be consistent with the underlying model of the economy
hence the hypothesis of "rational expectations," which took the
profession by storm. Rational expectations quickly became the
benchmark in the modeling of expectations, which economists
use to analyze the reaction of the private sector to changes in gov
ernment policy, among other questions.
Lucas , Sargent, and their followers argued that such micro
founded models could account for the main features of business
cycles and generate temporary unemployment without relying
on Keynesian assumptions such as sluggish adjustment in prices.
Rational expectations implied that people did not make pre
dictable errors,-but it did not rule out temporary mistakes when
people had incomplete information about prices. " Shocks"
to consumer tastes, employment preferences, or technologi
cal conditions-that is, to demand and supply curves-could
generate aggregate fluctuations in output and employment.
Equally important, the new theory implied that the govern
ment's influence in stabilizing the economy was much weaker.
In fact, any kind of stabilization p olicy would produce perverse
outcomes. When people knew the government had a policy of
stimulating the economy through monetary and fiscal expan
sion, they would b ehave in ways that would defeat the pur-
1 3 2
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
pose of such policies . For example, activist monetary policy
would lead firms to raise their prices, producing inflation with
no gains in terms of output and employment. Fiscal stimulus
would only lead to crowding out-cutbacks in spending on the
part of the private sector.
What made the "new classical approach," as it came to be
called, a winner-at least in academia-was not its empirical
validation. The real-world fit of the model was heavily con
tested, as was the realism of some of the key ingredients. But
shortly after the arrival of the new theory, in the mid-1980s
the US economy entered a period of economic growth, full
employment, and price stability. The business cycle looked to
be conquered in this era of "great moderation." As a result, the
descriptive and predictive realism of the new classical approach
seemed, from a practical perspective, not to matter a whole lot .
The great appeal o f the theory lay in the model itself. The
microfoundations, the math, the new techniques, the close
links to game theory, econometrics, and other highly regarded
fields within economics-all these made the new macroeco
nomics appear light-years ahead of Keynesian models . "This
is what macroeconomic models are supp osed to look like" was
the implicit or explicit rebuke to anyone who would ques
tion the strategy beneath the model. Meanwhile, the Keynes
ian modeling apparatus deriving from Hicks became virtually
extinct. But Keynesianism did not disappear altogether. Those
who thought active government policy retained a role in sta
bilizing the economy were ultimately forced to develop vari-
1 3 3
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
ants of microfounded models, called new Keynesian models, to
retain credibility within the discipline.
The disconnect b etween the new classical theory and
the real economy came home to ro ost in the aftermath of
the global financial crisis of 2 0 0 8 . Why economists failed
to see the crisis coming is the subj ect of the next chapter.
The crisis was instigated largely by failures in the financial
system; the Keynesian and new classical macro models alike
were mute on such matters . But once the US economy sank
into recession and unemployment took off, the question of
appropriate remedies was-or should have b een-squarely
the province of macroeconomics . Yet the prevailing macro
models , descendants of the Lucas-Sargent approach, offered
little help. Writing in early 2 0 03 , Lucas had said, " [The] cen
tral problem of depression prevention has b een solved, for
all practical purposes."8 In the intervening years not much
thought had gone into fighting a great recession, b ecause
there wouldn't b e one .
On one thing, the new and old models agreed. When eco
nomic uncertainty produces a sudden flight to safety in that
households and firms hoard as much cash as they can, the Fed
eral Reserve should produce additional liquidity by printing
money-lots of it. Increasing the amount of money in circu
lation prevents deflation and a more severe recession. Milton
Friedman had pointed out many years earlier that failure to
act in this way was the Fed's biggest mistake during the Great
D epression of the 1930s. When the Fed's B en B ernanke, an
1 3 4
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
expert on the Depression, inj ected hundreds of billions of dol
lars of liquidity into the economy in 200 8-9, Lucas applauded
the action.9 President Obama's initial fiscal stimulus package of
2009 also received widespread support (including from Lucas),
even if viewed as a desperate, last-resort measure.*
B eyond these measures, and once the financial panic subsided,
the new classical models suggested restraint and caution and not
much else. The Fed's policies of quantitative easing-its mon
etary expansion-had to be withdrawn quickly; otherwise, it
soon would lead to inflation. Economists trained on these mod
els kept warning about the dangers of inflation and urged the
Fed to tighten its policy, even though unemployment remained
high, the economy performed below par, and-notably
-inflation refused to appear. They argued against continued
fiscal stimulus to lift aggregate demand and employment, since
such measures would only crowd out private consumption and
investment. The economy would get back on track largely
* Holman W. Jenkins Jr. , " Chicago Economics on Trial" (interview
with Robert E. Lucas) , Wall Street journal, S eptember 24, 2 0 1 1 , http : //
o nline .wsj . c o m /news/article s / SB 1 0 0 0 1 4240 5 3 1 1 1 9 0 4 1 9 4 6 0 4 5 7 6 5 8 3 3 8
2 5 5 0 8 49232 . I n a survey of thirty-seven leading economists in 2 0 1 4 ,
a l l except o n e a g r e e d t h a t t h e stimulus had reduced unemployment,
and the maj ority thought the benefits of the p ackage exceeded its costs.
Justin Wolfers, "What D eb ate? Economists Agree the Stimulus Lifted
the E conomy," The Upshot, New York Times, July 29, 2 0 1 4 , http : //
www.nytimes.com/2014/07 /30/upshot/what-debate-economists-agree-the
stimulus-lifted-the-economy.html?rref=upshot.
1 3 5
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
on its own. When this failed to happen, Lucas and others fin
gered obstacles put in place by the Democratic administration.
The sluggish recovery was due to uncertainty created by the
prospect of higher taxes and other government interventions,
they claimed.10 Businesses failed to invest and consumers failed
to spend because they faced an artificial climate of uncertainty
created by an activist government.
To many others, the recession vindicated Keynes's ong1-
nal ideas . The economist and New York Times columnist Paul
Krugman was vociferous in arguing that the fiscal stimulus
was inadequate and had been withdrawn too soon, condemn
ing the economy to unnecessarily high and prolonged levels
of unemployment.11 Brad DeLong and Larry Summers, from
UC B erkeley and Harvard, respectively, argued that concerns
about the deficit were misplaced; fiscal stimulus would actually
pay for itself as it helped the economy recover.12 These are all
well-known- and distinguished economists. Krugman had won
a Nobel Prize for his pioneering work of introducing imperfect
competition into the theory of international trade. Summers
had served as secretary of the treasury in the Obama adminis
tration. But they were outsiders to the new classical models that
had come to dominate the discipline.
The main bone of contention between the Keynesians
and the new classicals was whether the problems were on the
demand or the supply side of the economy. In principle, econo
mists had ways to discriminate between the competing ideas
and choose the more relevant ones. The principles of model
1 3 6
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
selection discussed in the previous chapter are tailor-made for
such a proj ect. Keynesians, reasonably enough, pointed out that
if the problem was a shortfall in supply, there would be evidence
of inflationary pressures and there was none. Unemployment
seemed to affect all sectors of the economy and was not related
to the specific circumstances of each industry, again pointing to
a generalized collapse in demand as the culprit. 13 The other side,
meanwhile, presented evidence from news articles, changes in
the tax code , and forecaster disagreements that policy uncer
tainty had risen and seemed to explain at least a portion of the
increase in unemployment and decline in economic growth,
both over time and across US states. 14 It is not clear whether the
evidence swayed anyone's prior opinions in the debate. When
conviction in the relevance of a theory is strong, as in this case,
empirical analysis hardly settles matters-especially when the
analysis has to be carried out in real time.
What can we conclude about these grand theories of the
business cycle? Certainly they have not b een pointless. Clas
sical, Keynesian, and new classical theories each make useful
contributions . The Keynesian approach had little relevance to
the experience of the 1970s, but many of its insights remain
valid and useful today. The new classical approach has made
us more cognizant of the need to understand how individuals
will respond to government policies . Where these have failed
is as grand theories that apply at all times, regardless of circum
stances. As models that are specific to particular settings , they
remain immensely valuable.
1 3 7
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
Theories as Explanation of Specific Events
Let's turn now to the intermediate kind of economic theory
that I mentioned at the beginning of the chapter. Less ambi
tious in scope, it seeks to uncover the causes of a particular
set of developments. It makes no claim to provide a generic
explanation for all developments of a similar type. It is typically
historically and geographically specific.
The specific example I will consider here is the theories
behind the rise in inequality in the United States and some
other advanced economies since the late 1 970s. Even if widely
accepted, these theories are not meant to apply to other settings.
The explanations I will consider do not attempt to account also
for, say, the rise of inequality in this country during the gilded
age before World War I or the decline in inequality in many
Latin American countries since the 1 9 9 0 s . They are sui generis.
The steep rise in -US inequality that began in the mid-1 970s
is well documented. The Gini coefficient, a widely used mea
sure of inequality that varies from 0 (no inequality) to 1 (maxi
mum inequality, with all income going to a single household),
rose from 0.40 in 1 973 to 0.48 in 2 0 1 2-a 20 percent increase.15
The country's richest 1 0 percent raised their share of national
income from 32 to 48 p ercent over the same period.16 What
caused this dramatic change?
One factor behind the rise in inequality was an increase in
the "skill premium," the gap between what high- and low-
1 3 8
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
skilled workers earn. When economists first homed in on this
gap beginning in the late 1980s, there was a plausible expla
nation at hand: globalization. The US economy had become
much more exposed to international trade in recent years.
Other advanced economies in Europe and Japan had largely
caught up with the United States in productivity and now
offered stiff competition. And there were many newly rising
exporters in East Asia-South Korea, Taiwan, China-where
wages were a fraction of the US level.
Since Ricardo's days there had been many elaborations of
the Principle of Comparative Advantage. The reigning version
of the theory, called the " factor endowments" theory and first
articulated by Eli Heckscher and B ertil Ohlin in the early twen
tieth century, predicted precisely the kinds of changes in relative
wages that were taking place in the United States. According
to the theory, the country would be exporting goods that were
intensive in skilled labor and importing goo ds that were inten
sive in unskilled labor. Greater openness to international trade
was good news for American skilled workers, who could now
access larger markets, but bad news for low-skilled workers,
who had to put up with greater competition. As UCLA econo
mist Edward Leamer put it in the early 1990s, "Our low-skill
workers face a sea of low-paid, low-skilled workers around the
world."17 As a consequence, the gap between the wages of the
two types of workers would increase. In fact, the theory had an
even stronger implication. Unskilled workers would lose out
1 39
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
not just in relative but also in absolute terms. Increased open
ness would reduce their living standards.*
Discussion might have rested there, but economists noticed
other developments that seemed incompatible with the factor
endowments theory. For one thing, the skill premium was also
rising in the United States' low-wage trade partners in Asia and
Latin America. This was a problem for the theory because it
had predicted a movement in the skill premium in the opposite
direction in those countries. Unskilled workers should have
benefited through higher wages in countries exporting low
skill-intensive goods . And in the United States, individual
industries were defying the theory's predictions. Firms were
substituting skilled labor for unskilled labor-there was skill
upgrading-when they should have been doing the reverse if
trade had caused unskilled labor to become cheaper. 18 This was
a good example of how economists could use the incidental
implications of a model to verify, or in this case disprove, a
specific explanation.
These conflicting findings did not necessarily rule out glo
balization as a driver of rising inequality. But they did imply
that if globalization was the real cause, it must have operated
through channels other than those highlighted by the factor
endowments theory. An alternative globalization-based model
* This is the consequence of the Stolper-Samuelson theorem, an extension
of the factor endowments theory. Wolfgang Stolper and Paul A. Samuelson,
"Protection and Real Wages," Review of Economic Studies 9, no. 1 (1941):
58-73.
1 40
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
soon coalesced around foreign investment and o:ffshoring.
Industrial operations depend on the production of many dif
ferent comp onents. Suppose, reasonably, that the most skill
intensive parts of an industry are manufactured in the United
States, while the least skill-intensive parts are manufactured in
a developing country such as Mexico. As globalization renders
o:ffshoring easier by reducing tariff, transport, and communica
tion costs , US firms move some of their production to Mexico.
It can be expected that the components that are o:ffshored will
be, for US firms, among the least skill-intensive. But the same
components, when produced in Mexico, will be among the
most skill-intensive there. As a result, somewhat paradoxically,
industries in both the United States and Mexico experience skill
upgrading. Relative demand for skilled workers rises in both
countries, as does the risk premium. Rob Feenstra and Gor
don Hanson, who first advanced this hypothesis, showed that
evidence from Mexican maquiladoras-manufacturing plants
operating in the country's free-trade zones-was consistent
with the model.19
The main alternative to the globalization thesis was tech
nological change. This was an age of rapid advances in infor
mation and communication technologies and the spread
of computers. Normally, broad technological progress that
increases labor productivity is expected to improve everyone's
living standards. But some may benefit more than others . The
new technologies required skilled workers to operate them,
so the demand for those with college education or higher rose
141
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
much more rapidly than the demand for less skilled workers .
This was "skill-biased technological change" (SBTC) , as econ
omists called it. 20
The SBTC hypothesis explained the rise in the skill pre
mium. In addition, unlike the factor endowments model, it
was consistent with skill upgrading within firms and indus
tries . Employers were hiring more skilled workers as a result
of automation and greater use of computers. Since these tech
nological changes were sweeping the rest of the world as well,
the theory also accounted for rising wage inequality in devel
oping nations. By the end of the 1990s, a near-consensus had
emerged among trade and labor economists that SBTC was
the primary culprit behind the increase in the skill premium.
Trade may have played a role, but it accounted for no more
than 10-20 percent of the trend.
D oubts crept in b efore too long. The skill premium had
stabilized durfo.g the 1 9 9 0 s , even though the introduction of
new technologies had not slowed down. (It would start to rise
again, with a vengeance, in the 2 0 0 0 s .) Many of the develop
ments in wages could not be explained by SBTC alone. For
example, wage inequality grew significantly within skill cat
egories as well, such as among college graduates . The upgrad
ing of j obs and the rise in the share of high-skill occupations
had been taking place since at least the 1 9 5 0 s , without nec
essarily producing inequality. Even if technological changes
were somehow b ehind all these trends, wasn't it possible that
142
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
increased globalization was the stimulus b ehind the new
technologies introduced after the 1 970s? Finally, an impor
tant part of the rise in equality had to do with the growth of
incomes at the very top of the income distribution-the top
1 p ercent. A substantial part of that upward trend, in turn,
derived from capital income (returns on stocks and bonds)
rather than wage s .
These concerns made i t unlikely that SBTC on its own
could account for what was happening with inequality. A
third, catchall category of explanations focused on the wide
range of policy and attitudinal changes that had taken place
from the late 1 970s on. Macroeconomic policy became more
concerned about price stability and less focused on full employ
ment. Trade unions shrank, workers lost bargaining power,
and the minimum wage was allowed to lag behind prices .
Workplace norms that precluded large wage dispersion-the
gap between the highest and lowest paid employees-became
weaker. Deregulation and the vast expansion of the finance
sector enabled the amassing of fortunes that would have been
unthinkable decades ago. 2 1
In the end, it was clear that no single theory could fully
explain the story of US inequality since the 1970s. Nor was
there a good way of parsing the relative contributions of differ
ent theories. Certain theories (models) gave us a b etter under
standing of the channels through which trade, technology, and
other factors may have operated. The failure of other theories
143
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
allowed us to rule out mechanisms that appeared equally plau
sible at the outset. There was no closure, but there was plenty
of learning along the way.
Theories Are Really Just Models
As we've seen, theories in economics are either so general that
they have little real leverage in the real world or so specific that
they can account at best for a particular slice of reality. I have
illustrated this conundrum with specific theories, but the point
is valid for other areas in economics as well. History has not
been kind to theorists who claimed to have discovered the uni
versal laws of capitalism. Unlike nature, capitalism is a human,
and therefore malleable, construction.
Yet judging by the frequency with which the term " the
ory" is used, economics is full of theorie s . There is game
theory, contract theory, s earch theory, growth theory, mon
etary theory, and so on. But do not be fo oled by the termi
nology. In reality, each one of these is simply a particular
collection of model s , to be applied judiciously and with due
care to setting. Each s erves as a tool kit rather than an all
purpose explanation of the phenomena it studies . As long as
more is not expe cted of them, these theories can b e quite
useful and relevant.
Nearly half a century ago, Albert Hirschman, one of eco
nomics' most creative minds, complained about social scien
tists' "compulsion to theorize " and described how the search
144
M O D E L S A N D T H E O R I E S
for grand paradigms could be a " hindrance to understand
ing."22 The urge to formulate all-encompassing theories, he
feared, would blind scholars to the role of contingency and
the variety of possibilities that the real world threw their way.
Much of what happens in the world of economics these days
does reflect a more modest goal: the search for understanding
one cause at a time. When ambition eclipses this aim, trouble
often looms.
145
CHAPTE R 5
When Econolllists Go Wrong
t is probably the shortest graduation speech on record.
When macroeconomist Tom Sargent stepped up to the
podium at UC Berkeley's graduation ceremony in May
2007, he said he found such speeches too long. He got right
to the heart of the matter. Economics , he said, is "organized
common sense." He went on to list twelve items that he said
"our beautiful subj ect teaches ." The first was , "Many things
that are desirable are not feasible." The second, " Individuals
and communities face trade-offs." By the fourth item, Sargent
was on to the role of the government: "Everyone responds
to incentives . . . . That is why social safety nets don't always
end up working as intended." Next item: " There are tradeoffs
between equality and efficiency," by which he meant that gov
ernments could improve the distribution of income only at
some economic cost.1
Sargent probably thought his list was uncontroversial.
147
E C O N O M I C S RU L E S
Indeed, his speech would earn plaudits from economists at
both ends of the political spectrum. But there were dissenters,
such as the economist and blogger Noah Smith. By the end
of the list, Smith complained, ten of Sargent's twelve lessons
were "cautions against trying to use government to promote
equality or help people." Paul Krugman was critical as well.
He chided Sargent for trying to pass off as universal truths ideas
that applied only to a well-functioning market economy at full
employment. Take Sargent's observation about the trade-off
between equality and efficiency. Smith wrote that there was,
in fact, no such trade-off under one of economics' benchmark
assumptions (that transfers among individuals can take place
without causing inefficiency) . Krugman pointed to recent
empirical research that suggested high inequality might ham
p er economic growth. 2
Sargent's critics were right. B eyond trite generalities such
as " incentives matter" or "beware unintended consequences,"
there are few immutable truths in economics . All the valuable
lessons that the "beautiful profession" teaches are contextual.
They are if-then statements in which the " if" matters as much
as the "then."
But Sargent did accurately summarize what economists tend to
think. Smith and Krugman notwithstanding, most economists
do believe, to continue with the same example, that there is a
trade-off b etween equity and efficiency. Mind you, these same
economists are fully aware that certain models (and some evi-
148
WH E N E C O N O M I S T S G O WR O N G
dence) point in the opposite direction. But their existence does
not seem to stand in the way of a categorical near-consensus.
There are, in fact, many important matters on which nearly
all professional economists agree. Greg Mankiw, the Harvard
professor and author of a leading economics textbook, pro
vided a list in his blog a few years back. 3 Here are some of the
top ones (the numbers in parentheses indicate the percentage of
economists who agree with the proposition) .
1 . A ceiling on rents reduces the quantity and quality of
housing available. (93%)
2. Tariffs and import quotas usually reduce general eco
nomic welfare. (93%)
3. Flexible and floating exchange rates offer an effective
international monetary arrangement. (90%)
4. Fiscal policy (for example, tax cuts and/or government
expenditure increases) has a significant stimulative impact
on a less than fully employed economy. (90%)
5. The United States should not restrict employers from out
sourcing work to foreign countries. (90%)
6. The United States should eliminate agricultural subsidies.
(85%)
7. A large federal budget deficit has an adverse effect on the
economy. (83%)
149
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
8. A minimum wage increases unemployment among young
and unskilled workers. (79%)
Unless you skipped the previous chapters, the degree of con
sensus on these propositions should surprise you. For at lea.st
four of the eight, we have already seen models that contradict
them. Rent controls (ceilings on what landlords can charge) do
not necessarily restrict the supply of housing if landlords behave
monopolistically, trade restrictions do not necessarily reduce effi
ciency, fiscal stimulus does not necessarily work, and minimum
wages do not necessarily raise unemployment. In all of these
cases, there are models with imperfect competition, imperfect
markets, or imperfect information where the reverse outcome
prevails. The same is true of Mankiw's other propositions as well.
What economics teaches us are the explicit conditions
critical assumptions-under which one conclusion or its oppo
site is correct. - Yet virtually all the economists surveyed (90
percent or more) are apparently willing to vouch for the gen
eral validity of a particular set of critical assumptions. Perhaps
they stick their necks out because they believe those assump
tions are more common in the real world. Or they think one
set of models works b etter "on average" than any other. Even
so, as scientists , should they not adorn their endorsements
with the appropriate caveats? Shouldn't they worry that such
categorical statements have the p otential to mislead?
We have arrived at one of the central paradoxes of econom
ics: uniformity amid diversity. Economists work with a pleth-
1 5 0
WH E N E C O N O M I S T S G O WRO N G
ora of models, pointing in all kinds of contradictory directions.
Yet when it comes to the issues of the day, their views often
converge in ways that cannot be justified by the strength of the
available evidence.
Let me be clear: Economists are constantly debating vig
orously on a variety of issues. What should the top income
tax rate be? Should the minimum wage be raised? Are pat
ents important for stimulating innovation? On these and many
other issues , economists often see both sides . Frustrated by the
conflicting and hedged advice he was receiving from his advis
ers, President Harry S . Truman is said to have asked for a "one
handed economist." "If all the economists were laid end to end,
they' d still not reach a conclusion," George B ernard Shaw once
supposedly quipped. An economists' consensus is perhaps more
a rarity than a regularity. But when it happens, we need to
pause and take stock.
Sometimes the consensus is innocuous: Yes , incentives do
matter. Sometimes it may be appropriately circumscribed, geo
graphically or historically:* Yes , the Soviet economic system
* Roger Gordon and Gordon B. Dahl report "broad consensus" among a
panel of economists from leading academic departments on fairly specific
questions, such as whether "the Fed's new policies in 2 0 1 1 will increase
GDP growth by at least 1% in 2 0 1 2 . " They also find, appropriately, that
there is greater agreement when the academic literature relevant to the
question is large. Gordon and Dahl, "Views among Economists: Professional
Consensus or Point-Counterpoint?" American Economic Review: Papers &
Proceedings 103, no. 3 (2013): 629-35 .
1 5 1
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
was hugely inefficient. At other times, consensus reflects an
evaluation after the fact based on accumulated evidence: Yes ,
the Obama fiscal stimulus of 2009 reduced unemployment.
But when a consensus forms around the universal applicability
of a conclusion from a specific model, the critical assumptions
of which are likely to be violated in many settings-as with
p erfect competition, say, or full consumer information-we
have a problem.
When economists confuse a model for the model, two kinds
of mischief may follow. First there are the errors of omission,
in which a blind spot shows up in the inability to see troubles
looming ahead. Most economists, for instance, failed to grasp
the dangerous confluence of circumstances that produced the
global financial crisis of 2 0 07-8 . Then there are the errors
of commission, in which fixation on a particular view of the
world makes economists complicit in policies whose failure
might have been predicted ahead of time. Economists' advo
cacy of the so-called Washington Consensus and of financial
globalization are in this category. Let's consider both types of
errors in more depth.
Errors of Omission : The Financial Crisis
Soon after the financial crisis broke, University of Chicago
legal theorist and economist Richard Posner castigated his
economist colleagues . The profession's leading economists, he
wrote, thought another depression was out of the question, asset
152
WH E N E C O N O M I S T S G O WRO N G
bubbles never happened, global banks were safe and sound,
and the US national debt was nothing to worry about. 4 Yet all
these beliefs turned out to be false. The housing bubble burst in
2 0 0 8 , bringing down the US financial industry alongside it and
triggering a maj or government bailout to stabilize the sector.
The crisis simultaneously spilled over to Europe and the rest of
the world, producing the worst economic downturn since the
Great Depression. Unemployment peaked at 10 percent in the
United States in October 2009, before coming down to 5 . 6
percent b y the end of 2014. A s I write these words in late 2014,
nearly one young worker out of four remains unemployed in
the countries that are part of the Eurozone.
Many economists were worried about the state of the US
economy prior to the crisis. But the main obj ects of concern
were the country's low saving rate and the outsized current
account deficit-the large excess of imports over exports.
When scenarios of a so-called hard landing were entertained,
the fo cus was a possible sharp depreciation of the US dollar,
which would have rekindled inflation and undermined con
fidence in the US economy. The crisis hit instead in an area
where very few people expected it. The soft underbelly of the
US economy turned out to be housing and the bloated finan
cial sector that had supercharged it.
A p oorly regulated shadow banking sector had created an
alphabet soup of new financial instruments. These new deriva
tives were supposed to have distributed risk to those who were
willing to b ear it. Instead, they facilitated risk taking and over-
1 53
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
use of leverage. They also connected disparate segments of the
economy in ways that no one fully grasped at the time, ensur
ing that failure at one end would precipitate collapse at the
other. With a few, but notable, exceptions, such as the future
Nobel Prize winner Robert Shiller and the future governor of
India's Central Bank and Chicago economist Raghu Raj an,
economists overlooked the extent of problems in housing and
finance. Shiller had long argued that asset prices were exces
sively volatile and had focused on a bubble in housing prices. 5
Raj an had fretted about the downside of what was then praised
as "financial innovation" and warned as early as 2005 that
bankers were taking excessive risks , earning a rebuke from
Larry Summers, then president of Harvard, as a "Luddite."6
That economists were mostly blind-sided by the crisis is
undeniable. Many interpreted this as evidence of a fu nda
mental breakdown in economics . The discipline needed to
b e rethought and reconfigured. But what makes this episo de
particularly curious is that there were, in fact, plenty of mod
els to help explain what had b een going on u nder the econ
omy's hood.
Bubbles-steady increases in asset prices divorced from their
underlying value-are not a new phenomenon. Their presence
was known going back at least to the tulip craze of the sev
enteenth century and the South S ea bubble of the early eigh
teenth century. They were the obj ect of study in models of
varying complexity, including models based on p erfectly ratio
nal, forward-looking investors (so-called rational bubbles). The
1 5 4
W H E N E C O N O M I S T S G O WR O N G
financial crisis of 2008 had all the features of a bank run, and
that, too , was a staple of economics. Models of self-fulfilling
panic-a coordination failure in which individually rational
withdrawals of credit lines produce collective irrationality
in the form of a systemic drying up of liquidity-were well
known to every student of economics, as were the conditions
that facilitate such panics. The need for deposit insurance (cou
pled with regulation) to prevent bank runs was featured in all
finance textbooks.
A key pattern in the run up to the crisis was excessive risk tak
ing by managers of financial institutions. Their compensation
depended on it, but their behavior was not consistent with the
interests of the banks' shareholders. This divergence between
the interests of managers and shareholders is a centerpiece of
principal-agent models. These models focus on situations in
which a "principal" (a regulator, electorate, or shareholders)
tries to control the behavior of an "agent" (a regulated firm,
elected government, or CEO) when the latter has more infor
mation about the economic environment than the former. The
resulting difficulties and inefficiencies should not have come as
a surprise to economists. Another incentive distortion centered
around credit-rating agencies that evaluated mortgage securi
ties. These agencies were paid by the same financial institutions
whose issuances they rated. That they had an incentive to tailor
their ratings to the satisfaction of their paymasters ought to
have been obvious even to a first-year student in economics.
The economy-wide consequences of asset price collapses
1 55
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
were also familiar to economists after a wave of financial crises
experienced by developing countries from the early 1980s on.
No one who had studied these episodes should have remained
nonchalant about the buildup of private debt in housing and
construction in the United States and Europe . The man
ner in which deleveraging would reverberate throughout the
economy, being magnified along the way as banks , firms, and
households all tried simultaneously to reduce their debt and
build up their financial assets, was also reminiscent of those
earlier financial crises.
Clearly, economists did not lack models to understand what
was happening. In fact, once the crisis b egan to play itself out,
the models that we just reviewed would prove indispensable for
understanding how, for example, China's decision to accumu
late large amounts of foreign reserves would ultimately cause
a mortgage lender in California to take excessive risks. All the
steps in between-the reduction in interest rates as demand for
dollar assets went up, the incentive of poorly supervised finan
cial institutions to seek riskier instruments to maintain profits,
the building up of financial fragility as portfolios expanded
through short-term borrowing, the inability of shareholders to
properly rein in bank CEOs, the bubble in housing prices
could be readily explained by existing frameworks. But econo
mists had placed excessive faith in some models at the expense
of others, and that turned out to be a big problem.
Many of the favored models revolved around the "efficient
markets hypothesis" (EMH).7 The hypothesis had b een formu-
1 5 6
WH E N E C O N O M I S T S G O WR O N G
lated by Eugene Fama, a Chicago finance professor who would
subsequently receive the Nobel Prize, somewhat awkwardly,
in the same year as Robert Shiller. It says, in brief, that mar
ket prices reflect all information available to traders. For an
individual investor, the EMH means that, without access to
inside information, beating the market repeatedly is impos
sible. For central bankers and financial regulators, the EMH
cautions against trying to move the market in one direction or
another. Since all the relevant information is already contained
in market prices, any intervention is more likely to distort the
market than to correct it.
The EMH does not imply that observers could have fore
seen the financial crisis . In fact, since it says changes in asset
prices are unpredictable, it implies quite the opposite-that the
crisis could not have b een predicted. Nevertheless, it is hard to
square the model with the reality: a sustained rise in asset prices
followed by a sharp collapse. To explain it without j ettison
ing EMH requires us to believe that the financial collapse was
caused by a huge rush of " bad news" about the future prospects
of the economy, which markets then priced in instantaneously.
(This is more or less what Fama himself would argue in 2 0 1 3 .)*
* Fama concedes that he doesn't have a reason for why future economic
prospects would have worsened so drastically, but he adds that he isn't a
macroeconomist, and macroeconomics has never been goo d at discerning
when recessions are coming on. John Cassidy, "Interview with Eugene
Fama," New Yorker, January 1 3 , 2010, http : //www.newyorker.com/news/
j ohn-cassidy /interview-with-eugene-fama.
1 5 7
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
This conclusion reverses the generally accepted line of causa
tion, which goes from the financial crash to the great recession.
Excessive reliance on EMH, to the neglect of models of bub
bles and other financial-market pathologies, b etrayed a broader
set of predilections. There was great faith in what financial
markets could achieve. Markets became, in effect, the engine
of social progress. They would not only mediate efficiently
b etween savers and investors; they would also distribute risk to
those most able to bear it and provide access to credit for previ
ously excluded households, such as those with limited means
or no credit history. Through financial innovation, portfolio
holders could eke out the maximum return while taking on
the least amount of risk.
Moreover, markets came to be viewed not only as inher
ently efficient and stable, but also as self-disciplining. If big
banks and speculators engaged in shenanigans, markets would
discover and pl1nisli them. Investors who made bad decisions
and took inappropriate risks would be driven out; those who
behaved responsibly would profit from their prudence. Federal
Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan's mea culpa before a 2008
congressional panel would speak volumes about the prevailing
state of mind: "Those of us who have looked to the self-interest
of lending institutions to protect shareholders' equity, myself
included," he confessed, "are in a state of shocked disbelie£"8
Government, meanwhile, could not be trusted. Bureau
crats and regulators were either captive to special interests
or incomp etent-and sometimes b oth at once. The less they
1 5 8
WH E N E C O N O M I S T S G O WR O N G
did, the better. And in any case, financial markets were now
so sophisticated that any effort at regulating them was futile.
Financial institutions would always find a way around the
regulations. Government was condemned to follow one step
behind. Such thinking by economists had legitimized and
enabled a great wave of financial deregulation that set the stage
for the crisis. And it didn't hurt that these views were shared
by some of the top economists in government, such as Larry
Summers and Alan Greenspan.
In sum, economists (and those who listened to them) became
overconfident in their preferred models of the moment: mar
kets are efficient, financial innovation improves the risk-return
trade-off, self-regulation works b est, and government inter
vention is ineffective and harmful. They forgot about the other
models. There was too much Fama, too little Shiller. The eco
nomics of the profession may have been fine, but evidently
there was trouble with its psychology and sociology.
Errors of Commission:
The Washington Consensus
In 1 989, John Williamson convened a conference in Washing
ton, D C , for maj or economic policy makers from Latin Amer
ica. Williamson, an economist at the Institute for I nternational
Economics, a Washington think tank (now called the Peterson
I nstitute) , was a longtime observer of the region's economies .
He had noticed a remarkable convergence of views among
1 5 9
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
policy makers on recommended reforms for Latin America.
Virtually identical slates of ideas emanated from international
financial institutions such as the World B ank and the Inter
national Monetary Fund, think tanks, and various economic
agencies of the US government. Economists with PhDs from
US universities had meanwhile taken important positions in
Latin American governments, and they were rapidly imple
menting those same policies . In the paper he wrote for the
conference, Williamson termed this reform agenda the "Wash
ington Consensus ."9
The term took off--and took on a life of its own. It came to
denote an ambitious agenda that, critics charged, aimed to turn
developing nations into textbook cases of free-market econo
mies. This may have been hyperbole, but it accurately described
the general drift. The agenda reflected an urge to unshackle
these economies from the restraints of government regulation.
The policy economists in Latin America and their advisers in
Washington were convinced that government intervention had
crushed growth and brought about the debt crisis of the 1980s.
The remedy could be summarized in three words: "stabilize,
privatize, and liberalize." Williamson would frequently protest
that his own list had described modest reforms that fell far short
of "market fundamentalism," the blanket term for the view
that markets are the solution to all public policy problems. But
the term "Washington Consensus" fit the zeitgeist of the era
only too well.
Advocates of the Washington Consensus-whether in its
160
W H E N E C O N O M I S T S G O WR O N G
original or expanded versions-presented it as good economics.
For them, the policies reflected what sound economics teaches:
Free markets and competition enable the efficient allocation
of scarce resources. Government regulations, trade restric
tions, and state ownership create waste and hamper economic
growth. But this was an economics that did not go beyond
Econ 1 0 1 , as the advocates ought to have recognized .
O ne problem was that the Washington Consensus skated
over the deeper institutional underpinnings of a market econ
omy, without which none of the market-oriented reforms
could reliably deliver their intended benefits. To take the
simplest example, in the absence of the rule of law, contract
enforcement, and proper antitrust regulations , privatization is
as likely to create monopolies for government cronies as it is to
foster competition and efficiency. As the importance of institu
tions sank in, because of the poor response of many economies
to Washington C onsensus policies , reform efforts expanded
in their direction. But it is one thing to slash import tariffs
or remove ceilings on interest rates-two common enough
approaches-and quite another to install, on short order, insti
tutions that advanced economies acquired over decades, if not
centuries. A useful reform agenda had to work with existing
institutions, not engage in wishful thinking.
Further still, the Washington Consensus presented a univer
sal recipe. It presumed that all developing countries were pretty
much alike-suffering from similar syndromes and in need of
an undifferentiated list of reforms. Local context received little
1 6 1
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
consideration, as did the need to prioritize according to urgency
or feasibility of reforms. As country after country failed to
respond to the reforms, the advocates' instinct was to expand
the "to do" list rather than to fine-tune the reforms already in
place. So the initial Washington Consensus was supplemented
by a burgeoning list of additional measures encompassing labor
markets, financial standards, governance improvements, cen
tral banking rules, and so on.10
The economists behind the Washington Consensus for
got they were operating in an inherently second-best world.
As discussed in Chapter 2, in environments where markets
are subj ect to multiple imperfections , the usual intuition on
the effects of policies can be quite misleading. Privatization,
deregulation, and trade liberalization can all backfire. Market
restrictions of a certain sort can be desirable. Policy reforms
in these environments require models that explicitly take such
second-best complications into account.
Consider how opening up to trade-one of the key items
of the Washington Consensus-was supposed to work. As
barriers to imports were slashed, firms that were unable to
compete internationally would shrink or close down, releas
ing their resources (workers, capital, managers) to be employed
in other parts of the economy. More efficient, internationally
competitive sectors, meanwhile, would expand, absorbing
those resources and setting the stage for more rapid economic
growth. In Latin American and African countries that adopted
this strategy, the first part of this prediction largely material-
1 62
WH E N E C O N O M I S T S G O WR O N G
ized, but not the second. Manufacturing firms, previously pro
tected by import barriers, took a big hit. But the expansion of
new, export-oriented activities based on modern technologies
lagged. Workers flooded less productive, informal service sec
tors such as petty trading instead. Overall productivity suffered.
Why did this happen? Many of the affected markets did not
work as expected. Labor markets were not flexible enough to
reallocate labor quickly to new, more efficient sectors . Capital
markets failed to support the creation of export-oriented firms.
The currency remained overvalued, rendering the bulk of
manufacturing globally uncompetitive. C o ordination failures,
knowledge spillovers, and the high cost of establishing a beach
head kept potential entrants out of new areas of comparative
advantage. And governments, strapped for cash, were unable to
invest in the infrastructure or other forms of support required
by nascent industries.
Washington Consensus outcomes m Latin America and
Africa stand in sharp contrast with the experience of Asian
countries. The latter pursued strategies of global engagement
that were explicitly second best. Instead of liberalizing imports
early on, South Korea, Taiwan, and later China all began their
export push by directly subsidizing homegrown manufacturing.
Inefficient manufacturing enterprises were protected during the
early stages, to prevent large job losses that would, in all likeli
hood, lead to the expansion of even less productive informal
occupations such as retail trade. These countries also employed
macroeconomic and financial controls that kept their currencies
1 6 3
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
competitive in world markets . All of them undertook industrial
policies to nurture new manufacturing sectors and reduce their
economies' dependence on natural resources. And each country
fine-tuned the specifics of its strategy beyond these generalities.
Many observers of Asia's experience and the success of its
"unorthodox" policies conclude that these cases have proved
standard economics wrong. This interpretation is incorrect.
It is true that many of Asia's economic p olicies do not make
sense in light of economic models with well-functioning mar
kets . But these are evidently the wrong models to use. There
is very little in China's or South Korea's strategy that cannot
b e explained by models that take on board some of the major
second-best challenges these economies faced. 1 1 When econo
mists confront the way markets really work-or fail to work
in low-income settings with few firms , high barriers to entry,
poor information, and malfunctioning institutions, these alter
native models prove indispensable.
Where economists pushed the logic of the Washington
Consensus the furthest, with probably the greatest damage,
was in financial globalization. Williamson's original list did not
include freeing up cross-border capital flow; he was a skeptic
about the benefits of financial globalization. Yet by the mid-
1990s, removing obstacles to the free flow of capital around the
world had become the last frontier of market-based economics.
The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Develop
ment (OECD), the rich-country club, made the freeing up of
capital movements across countries a precondition for mem-
1 6 4
WH E N E C O N O M I S T S G O WR O N G
bership. And senior economists at the International Monetary
Fund (IMF) tried to enshrine the principle of free capital flow
in the organization's charter.
B ehind this push lay the thinking of distinguished econo
mists such as onetime MIT professor Stanley Fischer. Fischer
had j oined the IMF in 1994 as the deputy to its managing
director and chief economist. He was well aware that liberal
izing financial flow across national borders could create insta
bility. The historical record of free finance certainly presented
plenty to worry about. The financial excesses under a previous
era of financial globalization during the interwar period-the
recurring financial panics and crashes, the painful economic
adjustments that flowed from sudden movements in market
sentiment, and the tight constraints placed on managing the
ups and downs of the macroeconomy-had been foremost on
Keynes's mind when he argued for capital controls at the end
of the Second World War.
Fischer did not overlook these risks, but he thought they
were worth taking. Free capital movement would enable
greater efficiency in the global allocation of savings. Capital
would flow from where it was plentiful to where it was scarce,
thus increasing economic growth. Residents of poor nations
would have access both to a larger pool of investible resources
and to foreign capital markets to diversify their portfolios. The
risks of instability, meanwhile, could be reduced by improving
macroeconomic management and enhancing financial regula
tion. 12 Fischer acknowledged the scant systematic evidence for
165
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
developing countries benefiting from greater freedom of capi
tal mobility, but he thought it was only a matter of time before
such evidence would accrue.
Fischer's implicit model once again significantly discounted
second-best complications. He presumed that domestic macro
economic and regulatory weaknesses could be overcome with
sufficient will on the part of governments . In reality, these
changes proved much harder to accomplish, in part because
economists turned out to know little about what needed to
be done. Free capital mobility, coupled with domestic macro
economic and financial distortions, turned out to have severe
adverse outcomes. Access to foreign capital markets allowed
domestic banks to binge on short-term foreign debt, and it
enabled imprudent governments to borrow more than they
ever could on domestic markets . The consequence was a string
of painful financial crises in Thailand, South Korea, Indonesia,
Mexico, Russia;-Argentina, Brazil, Turkey, and elsewhere. The
IMF would eventually concede that full liberalization of capital
flow was not an appropriate objective f or all countries. 13
There was another problem. Advocates of financial glo
balization bought into a growth model in which the main
driver was the supply of saving and investable funds . In this
model, greater access to foreign finance would boost domestic
investment and produce higher rates of economic growth. Yet
neither investment nor growth rose in the developing coun
tries that opened themselves up to foreign finance. The lack
of a positive trend in investment or growth suggested that
1 6 6
WH E N E C O N O M I S T S G O WRO N G
the constraints to growth in many of these countries lay else
where. Firms failed to invest not because they were shut out
of finance, but because (for a variety of reasons) they did not
foresee high returns. Increased financial flow stimulated con
sumption rather than investment. Moreover, by appreciating
the domestic currency, capital inflow made things worse, by
further cutting into the profitability of tradable industries. In
this alternative model, apparently describing reality b etter for
many developing and emerging market economies, free capital
flow was a poisoned gift .
The good news is that most economists learned their lesson
from this experience. On both the Washington Consensus and
financial globalization, there is now broad agreement that there
had been excessive zeal for a universal approach that oversold
the benefits of unfettered markets . Today it is almost a mantra
for development economists , finance experts, and international
agencies that no single set of policies is appropriate for all coun
tries and that domestic reforms must be tailored to specific cir
cumstances. C ommon blueprints are out; model selection is in.
The Psychology and Sociology of Economics
Is there something specific to economics that makes its prac
titioners more likely to commit such errors of omission or
commission? Would political scientists and anthropologists, for
example, claim a better record for their disciplines in public
debates? I am not sure. One difference is that economists are
167
E C O N O M I C S R UL E S
more visible. Because many economists operate in the public
sphere and are called upon to advise on policy, their mistakes,
when they occur, are more noticeable. Nevertheless, it is worth
pondering what makes economists go astray.
To begin with, let's recognize that the public is rarely
exposed to the full range of views within economics. The
vast maj ority of economists see themselves as scientists and
researchers whose job is to write academic papers , not pontifi
cate on current events or advocate sp ecific policies . These are
the kinds of economists who are rarely contacted by j ournalists
or congressional aides, and would likely run away if they were.
When they're willing to engage on public issues , they adorn
their statements with so many ifs and buts that they have diffi
culty finding an audience. Most are quintessential ivory-tower
economists who would readily grant that they have limited
expertise to comment on public matters-at least without fur
ther study.
The economists whose voices are heard have either strong
convictions, or a willingness to overlook the fine print on p ol
icy recommendations. Or both. It is these advocates, with a
clear position on the issues, who have a natural advantage in
the media, think tanks, and government corridors. Often they
are successful "policy entrepreneurs" who make a difference
for the better. Auctions of wireless spectrum rights and airline
deregulation were both ideas that committed economists con
vinced politicians to adopt.14 In other cases, as we've seen, the
ideas b eing trumpeted may be more doubtful, and the advo�
1 6 8
WH E N E C O N O M I S T S G O WR O N G
cates' pronouncements may be looked upon with skepticism,
or even scorn, by the rest of the profession. But few economist
critics will be troubled to challenge them publicly.
At the height of the Washington Consensus craze, I wrote
a paper with a graduate student criticizing the unconditional
advocacy of freer trade as a growth engine for developing
countries. 1 5 We pointed out that the relationship between trade
policy and growth was model- and country-specific. We also
showed that there was no strong or uniform evidence one way
or another. After circulating and presenting the paper, I got
two kinds of reactions. Committed advocates of the Washing
ton Consensus thought I was muddying the waters and under
mining the good cause of free trade. But many others expressed
their appreciation, complaining that the push for trade liberal
ization had gone much beyond what economic research was
able to support. The second type of reaction was unexpected,
since it came from people who had not taken a public stance.
They had chosen not to have their voices heard, despite their
skepticism. As a result, the public message was not representa
tive of the profession as a whole, where views were, in fact,
considerably more hedged.
It is certainly true that economists err on the side of mar
kets . To put it bluntly, economists feel proprietary. They think
they understand how markets work, and they fear that most
of the public doesn't-and they are largely right on both sup
positions. They know that markets can fail in myriad ways .
But they think the public's concerns are often ill informed,
1 69
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
exaggerated, and unjustified, so they are overly protective of
markets . Supply and demand, market efficiency, comparative
advantage, incentives-these are the crown j ewels of the pro
fession that need defending from the ignorant masses. Or so
the thinking goes.
Promoting markets m public debates has today become
almost a professional obligation. Economists' contributions in
public can therefore look radically different from their discus
sions in the seminar room. Among colleagues, the shortcom
ings of markets and the ways in which policy intervention can
make things better are fair game. Academic reputations are
built on new and imaginative demonstrations of market failure.
But in public, the tendency is to close ranks and support free
markets and free trade.
This dynamic produces what I call the "barbarians are only
on one side" syndrome. Those who want restrictions on mar
kets are organized lobbyists, rent-seeking cronies , and their ilk,
while those who want freer markets, even when they're wrong,
have their hearts in the right place and are therefore much less
dangerous. Taking up the cause of the former gives ammuni
tion to the barbarians, while siding with the latter is, at worst,
an honest mistake with no huge consequences.
Forced to take a stand, most economists are likely to cast
their vote in favor of the more market-oriented alternative.
We can see this leaning in the list of things that command sig
nificant consensus among economists at the beginning of this
chapter. 16 Of the fourteen items on the full list, only one has
170
WH E N E C O N O M I S T S G O WR O N G
a decidedly pro-government bent, in favor of fiscal stimulus
during a recession.* A few reflect preferences b etween dif
ferent types of policy: budgets should be balanced over the
business cycle rather than year by year, cash payments are pref
erable to payments in kind such as free food, and the welfare
system should be replaced with a "negative income tax" (a
system of progressive taxation in which poor families receive
transfers from the government) . The vast majority of the rec
ommendations urge more reliance on markets and less gov
ernment intervention.
B eyond the general bias toward markets , economists are not
always good about drawing the links between their models and
the world. B ecause economists go through a similar training
and share a common method of analysis, they act very much like
a guild. The models themselves may be the product of analysis,
reflection, and observation, but practitioners' views about the
real world develop much more heuristically, as a by-product
of informal conversations and socialization among themselves .
This kind of echo chamber easily produces overconfidence
in the received wisdom or the model of the day. Meanwhile,
the guild mentality renders the profession insular and immune
* Ninety percent of economists reportedly agree with the following
proposition: " Fiscal policy (for example, tax cut and/or government
expenditure increase) has a significant stimulative impact on a less than
fully employed economy." Greg Mankiw, "News Flash: E conomists
Agree," February 14, 2009, Greg Mankiw's Biog, http://gregmankiw
.blogspot.com/2009/02/news-flash-economists-agree.html.
171
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
to outside criticism. The models may have problems, but only
card-carrying members of the profession are allowed to say
so. The obj ections of outsiders are discounted b ecause they do
not understand the models. The profession values smarts over
judgment, being interesting over being right-so its fads and
fashions do not always self- correct.
These problems are compounded by the fact that accepted
practice does not require economists to think through the con
ditions under which their models are useful. Asked point-blank,
they can state chapter and verse all the assumptions needed to
generate a particular result; that is, after all, the point of mod
eling. But ask them whether the model is more relevant to
Bolivia or to Thailand, or whether it resembles more the mar
ket for cable TV or the market for oranges, and they will have a
hard time producing an articulate answer. The standards of the
profession require that the modeler make only some general
claims about how what he or she is doing is relevant to the real
world. It is left to the reader or the user of the model to infer
the specific circumstances in which the model can help us b et
ter understand reality.* This fudge factor increases the chances
of malpractice . Models lifted out of their original context can
be used in settings for which they are inappropriate.
* As University of East Anglia economist Robert Sugden points out, "In
economics . . . there seems to .be a convention that modellers need not be
explicit about what their models tell us about the real world." Sugden,
"Credible Worlds, Capacities and Mechanisms" (unpublished paper, School
of Economics, University of East Anglia, August 2008), 1 8 .
172
WH E N E C O N O M I S T S G O W R O N G
At the empirical end of economics, such as labor and devel
opment economics, where almost all economists work directly
with data and real�world evidence, paradoxically the problems
may be even more severe. This is because the underlying model
is often left unspecified from the outset. The empirical nature
of the analysis may make us think that we've learned more than
we have. Many empirical researchers believe that their work
does not require models at all . After all, they are simply asking
whether something works or whether A causes B. But behind
all causal assertions lie a model of some sort. If greater educa
tion results in higher earnings, for example, is that b ecause of
the returns to education or because education provides incen
tives to work harder, thereby also increasing earnings?17 Being
explicit about those models clarifies the nature of the finding
and also highlights their contingent character. Once the model
is laid out, we can see what the finding depends on and how
easily the finding can be extrapolated to other settings .
As we've seen, some of the most interesting applied work
these days takes the form of randomized field experiments in
which the researcher tests whether specific policy interventions
produce the intended effects (or not). These are meant to speak
directly to how the real world works-in one particular set
ting. But they again remain largely silent about the specific
conditions under which the findings apply-the features of
the economy and society to which the intervention may have
been particularly suited-and those under which we shouldn't
expect them to apply. They can easily produce the impres-
173
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
sion that the results are general when they are, in fact, deeply
context-specific.
The bottom line is that there is much to complain about
in the practices and professional biases of economists . But are
these shortcomings fundamental problems that render the
entire discipline an inherently flawed approach to social real
ity? I do not think so.
Power and Responsibility
Why do economists wield power beyond the classroom in the
first place? It is not evident that they should, given that most
of the discipline's practitioners are content with producing
research articles for each other and crave no such power.
The twin origins of their supposed power are slightly in ten
sion with each other. First, their discipline has scientific pre
tensions; it brings useful knowledge to b ear on public policy
questions. Second, their models provide narratives that lodge
easily in the popular consciousness. These fable-like narratives
often have morals that can be formulated in catchy terms (for
example, "taxation kills incentives") and also sync up with clear
political ideologies . The science and the storytelling parts are
usually complementary, as I explained in Chapter 1 . Working
in tandem, they enable economists' beliefs to gain tremendous
traction in the public debate.
Mischief occurs when economists begin to treat a model
as the model. Then the narrative takes on a life of its own
174
WH E N E C O N O M I S T S G O WR O N G
and becomes dislodged from the setting that produced it. It
turns into an all-purpose explanation that obscures alternative,
and potentially more useful, story lines. Luckily, the antidote
exists-within economics . The corrective is for economists to
return to the seminar room and remind themselves of the other
models in their collection.
In an earlier book, I wrote that there are two kinds of econ
omists, drawing on a distinction made famous by the British
philosopher Isaiah B erlin. Even though I had in mind special
ists on the international economy at the time, the idea applies
more broadly. 18 "Hedgehogs" are captivated by a single big
idea-markets work best, governments are corrupt, interven
tion backfires-which they apply unremittingly. " F oxes ," by
contrast, lack a grand vision and hold many different views
about the world-some of them contradictory. The hedge
hog's take on a problem can always be predicted: the solu
tion lies in freer markets, regardless of the exact nature of
and context for the economic problem. Foxes will answer, " It
depends"; sometimes they recommend more markets, some
times more government.
Economics needs fewer hedgehogs and more foxes engaged
in public debates . Economists who are able to navigate from one
explanatory framework to another as circumstances require are
more likely to point us in the right direction.
175
CHAPTER 6
Econoniics and Its Critics
n economist, a physician, and an architect are travel
ing on a train together, and they fall into a discus
sion as to which one of their professions is the most
honorable. The physician points out that God created Eve out
of Adam's rib, so He must have b een a surgeon. The architect
jumps in and says, "Before Adam and Eve existed, the universe
had to be created out of chaos, and that surely was a feat of
architecture." At which point, the economist says, "And where
do you think chaos came from?"*
Economics without its critics would be like Hamlet without
the prince. The discipline's scientific pretensions, its exalted
status within the social s ciences, and its practitioners' influence
* I heard this joke on a BBC radio program when I was a college student,
and it was told, characteristically, by an economist, E. F. Schumacher.
Economists are their own harshest critics.
177
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
in public debates are a magnet for detractors. Critics accuse
economists of having a reductionist approach to social phenom
ena, making unfounded universal claims, ignoring the social,
cultural, and political context, reifying markets and material
incentives, and having a conservative bias. I have complained
myself at length in this book about two weaknesses: the lack
of attention to model selection and the excessive focus at times
on some models at the expense of others. In plenty of instances
economists have led the world astray.
But I will argue in this chapter that much of the broader
criticism misses its mark. E conomics is a collection of mod
els that admits a wide diversity of p o ssibilities , rather than a
set of prepackaged conclusion s . As three economists , them
s elves criti c s , put it, standard accounts "tend to miss the
diversity that exists within the profession, and the many
new ideas that are b eing tried out," and they often overlook
the reality that "one can b e p art of the mainstream and yet
not necessarily hold ' ortho dox' ideas ."1 The critics do have
a p oi nt when they say e conomists act in ways that suggest
o therwise , by preaching universal solutions or market fun
damentalism. B ut critics also need to understand that econ
omists who do this are , in fact, not b eing true to their own
disc ipline . Such economists deserve their fellow e conomists'
rebuke as much as outsiders' reproach. O nce this p oint is
recognized, many of the standard criticisms are nullified or
lose their bit e .
178
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CRI T I C S
Reconsidering the Usual Criticisms
We have seen some of the leading criticisms under various
guises in earlier chapters , . Take the complaint that economic
models are too simple. This obj ection misunderstands the
nature of analysis. Simplicity is, in fact, a requirement of sci
ence. Every explanation, hypothesis, causal account is neces
sarily an idealization; it leaves many things out so that it can
focus on the essence. The term "analysis" itself has its roots in
Greek, where it signifies the breaking of complex things into
simpler elements. It is the antonym of "synthesis," which refers
to combining things. Neither analysis nor synthesis is possible
without these simpler components.
Simple need not mean simplistic, of course. As Einstein is
supposed to have said, "Everything should b e made as sim
ple as possible, but no simpler." When causal mechanisms
interact strongly with each other and cannot be studied in
isolation, models do need to include those interactions . If a
coffee blight, say, both raises costs of production and disrupts a
price-fixing agreement among principal coffee exporters, we
cannot analyze the effects of each-the supply shock and the
reduced cartelization-separately. Such models will be more
complicated than others . But they will still fall far short of
claiming to represent social reality in any great detail . If this
is what the advocates of complexity have in mind, there can b e
n o obj ection to it. When, o n the other hand, the underlying
1 7 9
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
relationships remain nebulous or undefined, and purported
explanations do not build on such simple elements, complexity
can only lead to incoherence.
So, too, consider the related criticism that economic mod
els make unrealistic assumptions. Economics stands guilty as
charged. Many assumptions that go into economic models
p erfect competition, p erfect information, p erfect foresight
are patently untrue. But as I explained in Chapter 1 , models
with unrealistic assumptions can be as useful as lab experi
ments performed under conditions that depart starkly from
the real world. B oth allow us to identify a cause-effect rela
tionship by isolating it from other confounding factors. Criti
cal assumptions-those that relate directly to the substantive
result or the question asked-are where care is required. We
would not want to build an airplane on principles that derive
from a vacuum.
C onsider the effects of a sales tax on cars . The degree to
which consumers think of small and large cars as the same
(as substitutes for each other) is not of great interest when we
contemplate the effects of a (percentage) tax on all c ars across
the b oard. We might as well assume that these types of cars
are p erfect substitutes. But if the tax is on luxury cars alone,
the p erfect-substitutes assumption is no longer innocuous .
The effects on government revenue and car sales will depend
critically on the size of what economists call the cross-price
elasticity of demand (the sensitivity of demand for one cat
egory of goods to the price of another category) . The larger
1 8 0
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CRI T I C S
this elasticity (in absolute value) , the greater the shift i n con
sumer purchases from large to small cars , and the lower the
tax revenues collected by the government. Economists have
to ensure that their prescriptions hold even when assumptions
become more realistic .
Since they take the individual as their unit of analysis , econ
omists are frequently criticized for neglecting the role of social
and cultural determinants ofbehavior. Sociologists and anthro
pologists often seek explanation for outcomes at the level of
the community or society instead of individuals. (Economists'
preference for basing aggregate outcomes on individual deci
sions is called "methodological individualism" and is similar to
the proclivity toward microfoundations in macroeconomics.)
Cultural practices and social norms are what valorize certain
categories of consumption and b ehavior and stigmatize oth
ers, these critics argue, and they often play the determining
role even when economic decisions such as consumption and
employment are involved. Economists' obsession with choices
made by individual households or investors, according to this
line of thought, obscures the fact that preferences and behav
ioral patterns are "socially constructed," or imposed by the
structure of society. 2
It is certainly true that economists' most basic benchmark
models neglect the social and cultural roots of people's prefer
ences and constraints. But there is no reason the models can
not be extended to incorporate these influences and to work
out their implications. In fact, an active research program in
1 8 1
E C O N O M I C S R UL E S
economics does exactly this, analyzing how identities , norms,
and cultural practices are shaped by the interaction of indi
viduals with each other.3 Unless one b elieves that humans have
no agency at all, that their behavior is fully determined by
external forces outside their control, any reasonable explana
tion of social phenomena must square these phenomena with
the actions that individuals choose to take. Economists' models,
based as they are on explicit consideration of the constraints
(material, social, contextual) under which these decisions are
made, are well equipped for this kind of analysis. From the
p erspective of good social analysis, the contrast b etween indi
vidual- and societal-level analyses sets up a largely false and
unhelpful dichotomy.
Do economists have a bias toward market-based solutions?
Again, probably guilty as charged. As I 've already shown, how
ever, here the problem has to do more with the way economists
present themselves iri public than with the substance of the
discipline. Research careers these days are made not by dem
onstrating how markets work, but by generating interesting
counterexamples to Adam Smith's Invisible Hand dictum. It
may surprise the reader, for example, that the most vociferous
advocate of free trade in the profession, Jagdish Bhagwati, owes
his academic reputation to a series of models that showed how
free trade could leave a nation worse off.* The solution to the
* Jagdish Bhagwati has been a tireless advocate of free trade since the
1 9 8 0 s . In his early academic work, he showed that an open economy may
1 8 2
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CRI T I C S
bias is not t o remake economics, but to b etter reflect the diver
sity of models that already exists in the public debate.
Then there is the criticism that economists' theories can
not be properly tested. Empirical analysis is never conclusive,
and invalid theories are rarely rej ected. The discipline hobbles
from one set of preferred models to another, driven less by evi
dence than by fads and ideology. Insofar as economists present
themselves as the physicists of the social world, this criticism
is deserved. As I explained earlier, however, comparisons to
natural sciences are misleading. Economics is a social science,
which means that the search for universal theories and results is
futile. A model (or theory) is at best contextually valid. Expect
ing general empirical validation or rejection makes little sense.
Economics advances by expanding the c ollection of poten
tially applicable models, with newer ones capturing aspects
of social reality that were overlooked or neglected by ear
lier ones. When an economist encounters a new pattern, his
reaction is to think of a model that might explain it. Eco
nomics advances also by b etter methods of model s election-
lose something from growth, because of attendant changes in the world
prices of its imports and exports. He also analyzed at length the presence of
market distortions and the needed policy responses, showing that laissez
faire was suboptimal under a wide range of conditions. Jagdish Bhagwati,
" Immiserizing Growth: A Geometrical Note," Review ef Economic Studies
2 5 , no. 3 Qune 1958) : 201-5; Bhagwati and V. K. Ramaswami, "Domestic
Distortions, Tariffs and the Theory of Optimum Subsidy," Journal of Political
Economy 7 1 , no. 1 (February 1963) : 44-50.
1 8 3
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
improving the match b etween model and real-world setting.
As I explained in Chapter 3, this is more a craft than a s cience,
and one that does not get the attention it deserves in econom
ics . But the advantage of working with models is that the ele
ments required for model selection-the critical assumptions ,
the c ausal channels, the direct and indirect implications-are
all transparent and laid bare. These elements enable econo
mists to check the correspondence between the model and
the setting, informally and suggestively, even if not formally
and conclusively.
Finally, economics is faulted for its failure to predict. God
created economic forecasters to make astrologers look good,
quipped John Kenneth Galbraith (himself an economist).
Exhibit A in recent times has b een the global financial crisis,
which unfolded at a time when the vast maj ority of economists
had been lulled into thinking macroeconomic and financial
stability had arrived for good. I explained in the previous chap
ter that this misperception was another by-product of the usual
blind spot: mistaking a model for the model. Paradoxically, had
economists taken their own models more seriously, they would
have b een less confident about the consequences of financial
innovation and financial globalization and more prepared for
the financial whiplash that resulted.
However, no social science should claim to make predic
tions and be j udged on that basis . The direction of social life
cannot be predicted. There are too many drivers at work. To
1 8 4
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CRI T I C S
put it in the language o f models, there are numerous models
of the future, including those that have yet to be formulated!
At best, we can expect economics and other social s ciences
to make conditional predictions: to tell us the likely outcomes
of individual changes , taken one at a time, while other fac
tors remain constant. That is what good models do . They can
provide a guide to the consequences of certain large-scale
changes or to the effects when some causes swamp others.
We can be reasonably sure that massive price controls will
lead to shortages , that a harvest failure will raise coffee prices,
and that a huge injection of money by a central b ank will
produce inflation in normal times. But in these instances,
"everything else remains the same" is a reasonable assump
tion, and predictions look more like conditional predictions.
The trouble is that often we can neither guess which among
many plausible changes will actually take place, nor be con
fident about their relative weights in the ultimate outcome.
In such instances , economics demands caution and modesty
rather than self- confidence.
In the rest of the chapter, I will take up two other major
criticisms that until now I 've not said much about. First, I ' ll
discuss the charge that economics is rife with value judgments
and that much of what passes as scientific analysis in fact merely
expresses a normative preference for a market-based society.
Second, I ' ll evaluate the contention that economics discour
ages pluralism and is hostile to new approaches and ideas .
1 8 5
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
The Question of Values
Most models in economics assume that individuals behave self
ishly. They try to maximize their own (and perhaps also their
children's) consumption possibilities , and they don't care what
happens to others. In many settings this is sufficiently realistic.
The polar-opposite assumption of completely selfless behavior
would not make sense. And allowing some degree of altruism
and generosity would not substantially alter many of the results.
A fair amount of research relaxes this stark assumption and
allows for some degree of altruism and other-regarding behav
ior as well. In some settings-charity or voting in general elec
tions, for example-additional motivations besides self-interest
are indispensable for understanding what's going on. Nonethe
less , it is fair to say that self-interested behavior forms a bench
mark assumption in economics . But the models are meant to
describe what actually happens, not what should happen. There
are no value judgments in this kind of analysis.
The crowning achievement of economics, the Invisible
Hand Theorem, perhaps does make economists somewhat
more nonchalant and p ermissive toward displays of self
interest. After all, its key ii;isight is that self-interest can be
yoked to public purpose. A collection of selfish people need
not produce economic and social chao s . From society's stand
point, the antidote to the pursuit of material advantage by
some is the pursuit of material advantage by many others .
1 8 6
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CR I T I C S
Free and unhindered competition neutralizes pathologies that
might otherwise have arisen.
There is an apt parallel here with the constitutional design
of the United States. James Madison, Alexander Hamilton, and
the others who were behind the US federal system took it as
a given that a political system would operate around the self
interest of organized pressure groups. They designed the sys
tem accordingly, with checks and balances. The multiplicity of
centers of power and the restraints placed on their authority,
along with the sheer scale of the union, would prevent any one
faction from gaining the upper hand. It would be unfair to
criticize the Federalists for having enshrined self-interest in US
politics; they thought they were simply dealing with its con
sequences. Similarly, economists whose models are p opulated
by selfish consumers are not taking a moral stand; they're only
describing what happens when such consumers interact with
equally self-interested firms in the marketplace.
But does this benchmark role of self-interest in economic
models produce a normative bias in its favor? We can ask
whether it "normalizes" such b ehavior (makes it the norm)
and crowds out other, more socially oriented behavior. A
finding that appears to amplify this concern is that college
students who maj or in economics tend to act in more self
interested ways than do those who maj or in other fields . Their
behavior is more consistent with benchmark economic models
such as the prisoners' dilemma. S ome have interpreted this
1 8 7
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
result as evidence that studying economics makes individuals
more selfish.
In fact, the results point in the direction of an alternative
hypothesis: certain types of students are more likely than others
to go into economics. Research on Israeli students has found
that differences in values between economics students and
noneconomics students were already in place before the former
group enrolled in their economics course of study. Research
from Switzerland shows that while certain types of prospective
economics maj ors (those focusing on business) start their col
lege career with a lower propensity to donate funds for needy
students, this propensity does not decline with the study of
economics . 4 So it may be true that economics attracts differ
ent kinds of students-more selfish ones! But evidence for the
charge that it somehow renders people more selfish is weaker.
B ecause self-interest features prominently in economic mod
els, economists--exhibit a bias toward incentive-based solutions
to public problems. Consider climate change and the ques
tion of how to address carbon emissions. Public opinion varies
greatly, but economists are virtually unanimous: they recom
mend either taxing carbon or implementing a close equivalent,
a quota on carbon emissions with trading of emission allow
ances among producers .* In b oth cases the aim is to make it
* These two policies are totally equivalent in a complete-information
world, but they produce different outcomes under uncertainty.
1 8 8
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CRI T I C S
more expensive and hence less profitable fo r firms t o use car
bon. To economists , the policy is the correct one b ecause it
acts on the relevant margin. Firms fail to take into account the
environmental effects of their decisions, so the right response
is to force them to " internalize" the external costs by paying
for carbon.
This remedy does not sit well with many noneconomists. It
appears to turn a moral responsibility-"thou shalt not despoil
the environment"-into a cost-benefit calculus. Going further,
some would say that a carbon tax or emission trading legiti
mizes pollution. The message to firms seems to be that emit
ting carbon and contributing to climate change is OK as long
as you pay a fee . The Harvard political philosopher Michael
Sandel has been a vocal critic in recent years of what he thinks
is economics' harmful effects on public culture. Here is Sandel
on material incentives:
Putting a price on the good things in life can corrupt
them. That's because markets don't only allocate goods;
they express and promote certain attitudes toward the
goods being exchanged. Paying kids to read books might
get them to read more, but might also teach them to
regard reading as a chore rather than a source of intrinsic
satisfaction. Hiring foreign mercenaries to fight our wars
might spare the lives of our citizens, but might also cor
rupt the meaning of citizenship. 5
1 8 9
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
In other words, reliance on markets and incentives fosters val
ues that are corrosive and undermine social obj ectives .
An economist might respond that they look at obj ectives
like emission control not as moral matters, but as questions of
effectiveness. Moral exhortation is fine, but incentives work.
If they get more pushback, economists are likely to appeal to
empiricism. Fine, they will say, we can show you hundreds of
studies indicating that firms reduce their use of, say, oil when
its price goes up; show us the evidence that moral exhortation
achieves a reduction in carbon emissions .
Economists' instinct is to take the world, including human
selfishness, as given and to engineer solutions around that per
ceived constraint. They would argue, correctly, that this has
nothing to do with their values and ethics, but with their
empirical orientation. If this makes them sometimes too quick
to p ooh-pooh non-incentive-based solutions, it also makes
them willing fo acknowledge when evidence comes in that
suggests their opponents have a point.
I mentioned in passing in Chapter 2 an unexpected real
life experiment that caused quite a stir among economists.
To reduce tardiness, an Israeli day care had instituted a p en
alty for parents who showed up late to pick up their children.
This policy was in line with what economists would have rec
ommended: if you want to reduce a b ehavior, make it more
costly for the individuals who exhibit the behavior. To virtu
ally everyone's surprise, tardiness actually increased after the
penalty was put in place. Apparently, now that there was a
1 9 0
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CRI T I C S
fee, parents felt it was O K to show up late . A moral injunc
tion that previously had kept parents' behavior in check was
relaxed once the monetary penalty came into play. Or to put it
in economists' terms, the moral cost of tardiness was reduced,
and perhaps eliminated. As the economist Sam Bowles points
out, this is an example of how material incentives may some
times crowd out moral, or other-regarding behavior. 6
The lesson for economists is that sometimes they need a
richer paradigm of human behavior (or of costs and b enefits)
than they use in the simplest models. Economists are usu
ally willing to think in those terms and to make the required
modifications, as long as there is evidence suggesting that the
benchmark model fails . It clearly did in this case. But they
would continue to regard this extension not in moral terms,
but in terms of relevance and efficacy. For example, does the
lesson of the Israeli day care speak also to carbon control? Is it
realistic to think that power plants operate in a moral universe
regarding the climate-change imperative that will be substan
tially affected by the imposition of a carbon tax? Are public
education campaigns, consciousness raising, or moral exhorta
tion likely to have a greater impact on carbon emissions? To
economists, these are empirical and not moral questions .
What about Sandel's broader charge that markets breed
"market values ," that they make us exchange things on markets
that shouldn't be? "We live in a time," Sandel writes, "when
almost everything can be bought and sold." Everything, in
his words, " is up for sale." Here are some of the examples
1 9 1
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
that Sandel cites in addition to carbon emission fees: a prison
cell upgrade for $90 a night in Santa Ana; access to the car
pool lane for a car with a single rider for $8 in Minneapolis
and other cities; an Indian surrogate mother for $ 8 , 0 0 0 ; the
right to shoot an endangered black rhino for $250,000; a doc
tor's cell phone number for $ 1 , 50 0 .7 These and other examples
illustrate for Sandel the increasing role that market values play
in our social life.
But what are these market values? D eep down there is
really only one: efficiency. All that an economist can claim
about a market-and one that works well, without the fre
quent imp erfections-is that it yields an efficient allocation
of resources in a precise sense: there is no feasible way to
make some people richer without making others poorer. Any
economist who makes a broader argument about the fairness,
j ustice, or moral worth of markets that is based on economics
proper is simply engaged in malpractice.
The market-efficiency connection, of course, doesn't pre
clude individual economists from attaching additional values
to markets. For example, an economist's personal values may
make him an advocate of free enterprise on account oflibertar
ian beliefs-the view that the liberty to engage in commerce
with whomever one likes should not be abridged. But these
beliefs originate outside economics. Their advocacy by an
economist gives them no greater credence than their espousal
by an architect or physician. Nor does it preclude the asser
tion, based on specific evidence, that less intervention in mar-
1 9 2
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CR I T I C S
kets i n certain cases may produce benefits beyond efficiency.
For example, economists often argue that the removal of fuel
subsidies in developing countries would enhance distributional
equity alongside efficiency. The reason is that subsidies not
only cause overconsumption of fuel (which is the source of
their inefficiency), but also benefit mostly the well-to-do (who
are the main users of the subsidized fuel). But such arguments
have to be demonstrated empirically, on a case-by-case basis.
Is efficiency a good thing? Yes it is, taken on its own. We
can say without hesitation that efficiency is a consideration-a
value-worth taking into account when we compare alterna
tive social states. But it is certainly not the only one. Equity
would be another contending value, as would be the intrinsic
moral value of other-regarding and socially responsible b ehav
iors. Sometimes these considerations push us in the same direc
tion as efficiency, and therefore reinforce the case for markets.
At other times there may be tensions and trade-offs to consider.
What should and should not be sold on markets is ultimately
a question decided by evaluating trade-offs in many different
dimensions. Different communities are likely to arrive at dif
ferent answers. And the answers may change over time even
within the same community. O nce again, the economist has
no special expertise in making those trade-offs. At best, econo
mists can provide useful input.
For example, economists may contribute to the discussion
of charging solo riders a fee for access to the carpool lane. They
can make educated guesses as to the type of rider that is most
193
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
likely to pay the extra fee; the gains reaped by those who ben
efit (by arriving at their destination quicker) ; the funds gener
ated by the turnpike authority and their possible uses; and the
distributional incidence of the potential congestion costs in
the carpool lane (who pays, and how much?) . The evidence
on these questions may end up swaying most people to the
view that the fee option is, on balance, desirable. The same
kind of analysis for, say, a prison cell upgrade may result in
the opposite conclusion. In neither case would it be j ustifi
able for economists to advocate the market option as a general
solution, without acknowledging the multiple considerations
beyond efficiency.
To be fair to Sandel, his is not a straw man argument.
Economists do get careless and make claims that are broader
than their economist licenses really allow. Remember the list
from the previous chapter of things on which the vast maj or
ity of economists agree? Many of them involve implicit value
judgments. When economists say foreign trade should not be
restricted, outsourcing should not b e prohibited, or agricul
tural subsidies should be eliminated, they've rendered judg
ments on matters that cannot be evaluated solely on grounds
of efficiency. Questions of justice, ethics, fairness, and distribu
tion are tangled up in all of them. Is it necessarily fair to push
for free trade if the , beneficiaries are predominantly wealthy
individuals and the losers are some of the poorest workers in
our society? Is it fair to reap the benefits of outsourcing from
poor countries where workers lack fundamental rights and toil
1 9 4
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CRI T I C S
under hazardous workplace conditions? The 90 -plus percent
of economists who agreed with these statements must either
have been unaware of these questions or consistently subsumed
them under efficiency considerations. Either way, there is a
problem. Even assuming that the efficiency consequences can
be readily and universally predicted-and the concerns I raised
in the previous chapter can be downplayed-economists are,
without doubt, overreaching in these particular areas .
Since their training provides them with no tool to evaluate
alternative social states other than the lens of allocative efficiency,
economists are prone to make this mistake whenever called
upon to comment on public policies. They can easily conflate
efficiency with other social goals. A useful rebuttal would call
the economists' bluff and remind them of the specific ways in
which they're transgressing the boundaries of their expertise. By
the same token, economists must remind the public that many
claims made by politicians and other policy entrepreneurs on
their behalf cannot find full justification in the discipline.
O ne of the earliest and most influential noneconomic argu
ments on behalf of markets was that engagement in market
activities would moderate human temperament. As Albert
Hirschman reminds us in his magisterial book The Passions and
the Interest, the thinkers of the late seventeenth and eighteenth
centuries reasoned that the profit-seeking motive would coun
tervail baser human motivations such as the urge for violence
and domination over other men. The term " doux" (meaning
"sweet") was often appended to "commerce" to suggest that
195
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
commercial activities promoted gentle and peaceful interac
tions . Montesquieu famously said, "Wherever manners are
gentle there is commerce; and wherever there is commerce,
manners are gentle." Thanks to commerce, pointed out Samuel
Ricard, David Ricardo's grandfather, man seeks virtues such as
deliberation, honesty, and prudence. He stays away from vice
lest he lose his credit and become an obj ect of scandal. In this
way, interests could mollify the passions . 8
These early philosophers encouraged the spread of markets
not for reasons of efficiency or for the expansion of material
resources , but because they thought it would produce a more
ethical, more harmonious society. It is ironic that three cen
turies later, markets have come to be associated in the eyes
of many with moral corruption. Just as today's advocates of
markets overlook the limits of efficiency, perhaps the critics
neglect some of the ways in which markets contribute to a
spirit of cooperation.
Lack of Pluralism
O ne of the most frequent complaints about economics labels
it a club that shuns outsiders. This exclusiveness makes the
discipline insular, according to the critics, and closed to new
and alternative perspectives on economics. Economics should
b ecome more inclusive, they argue, more pluralistic and more
welcoming of unorthodox approaches.
This criticism is one that students voice often, partly because
196
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CR I T I C S
of the way economics is taught. In the fall o f 20 1 1 , fo r exam
ple, a group of students staged a walkout in Harvard's popular
introductory economics course, Economics 10, taught by my
colleague Greg Mankiw. Their complaint was that the course
propagates conservative ideology in the guise of economic sci
ence and helps perpetuate social inequality. Mankiw dismissed
the protesters as "poorly informed." He pointed out that eco
nomics does not have an ideology; it is just a method that
enables us to think straight and reach correct answers, with no
foreordained policy conclusions .9
In April 2014, a student group at Manchester University call
ing itself the Post- Crash Economics Society put out a sixty-page
manifesto advocating substantial reform of economics educa
tion. The report included a foreword by Andrew Haldane, a
high-ranking official of the Bank of England, and received
plaudits from many other economists. It criticized economics
teaching for b eing too narrow and argued for greater pluralism
and an infusion of perspectives from ethics, history, and poli
tics. The monopoly of the standard economic paradigm, the
students wrote, prevented "meaningful critical thinking" and
was therefore harmful to economics on its own terms.*
* Economics, Education and Unlearning: Economics Education at the University of
Manchester, Post-Crash Economics Society (PCES), April 2014, http://www.post
crasheconomics.com/download/778r. The Oxford economist Simon Wren
Lewis has a good discussion of what's right and wrong with the students' criticism
in "When Economics Students Rebel," Mainly Macro (blog), April 24, 2014, http://
rnainlyrnacro.blogspot.co.uk/2014/04/when-econornics-students-rebel.htrnl.
1 9 7
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
How do we understand these complaints m light of the
patent multiplicity of models within economics? The trouble
from the students' perspective is that much of what goes on in
an introductory course in economics is a paean to markets. It
gives little sense of the diversity of conclusions in economics, to
which the student is unlikely to b e exposed unless she goes on
to take many more economics courses. Economics professors
are charged with being narrow and ideological because they
are their own worst enemy when it comes to communicat
ing their discipline to outsiders . Instead of presenting a taste
of the full panoply of perspectives that their discipline offers,
they focus on benchmark models that stress one set of con
clusions. This is particularly so in introductory courses, where
the professor is keen to demonstrate how markets work. As the
Oxford economist Simon Wren-Lewis points out, "One of the
sad things about the w:ay economics is often taught is that stu
dents do not. see much of the interesting stuff that is going on
[in the discipline] ."1° Can one fault students for demanding an
alternative perspective?
I myself have frequently flouted conventional wisdom
among economists, but with no apparent damage to my career
(at least I don't think s o ! ) . I may not be sufficiently radical
for many noneconomists , but I am often viewed as unortho
dox within the discipline. An economist colleague at Harvard
would greet me by saying, " How is the revolution going? "
every time he saw me. Yet even though I reach policy con
clusions that differ from prevailing academic views in many
1 9 8
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CR I T I C S
of my writings , I have never really felt discriminated against
in the profession. I don't think my research papers have been
judged more harshly by j ournal editors or by my peers b ecause
of the inferences they drew.
Pluralism with respect to conclusions is one thing; pluralism
with respect to methods is something else. No academic disci
pline is permissive of approaches that diverge too much from
prevailing practices, and economics is unforgiving of those
who violate the way work in the discipline is done . An aspiring
economist has to formulate clear models and apply appropri
ate statistical techniques. These models can incorporate a wide
range of assumptions; without leeway here, it would be impos
sible to reach novel or unconventional conclusions. But not all
assumptions are equally acceptable. In economics, this means
that the greater the departure from benchmark assumptions,
the greater the burden of justifying and motivating why those
departures are needed.
To b e counted as an insider, as someone whose work should
be taken seriously, you have to operate within these rules. If
my work has b een accepted within economics, it is b ecause
I've followed the rules. I do so not because the rules enable
me to display my credentials, but because I find them useful.
The rules have disciplined my research and have ensured that I
know what I 'm talking about. But they have not b een so con
straining as to prevent me from pursuing interests or paths of
analysis that would produce unorthodox conclusions.
So economics offers limited room for methodological plu-
1 9 9
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
ralism-much less than it allows for diversity in policy conclu
sions. Most economists would say this is a good thing, because
it provides protection against shoddy thinking and poor empir
ical data. Some methods are better than others. Formal frame
works that explicitly identify cause-effect links are better than
verbal accounts that leave interactions open to diverse interpre
tations. Models that explain social phenomena by analyzing the
behavior of the actors that shape them, as economists do when
they talk about market competition, coordination failures, or
prisoners' dilemmas, are better than those that ascribe agency
to amorphous social movements . Empirical analyses that pay
attention to issues of causality and "omitted variable bias" are
better than those that do not.
For some, these constraints represent a kind of methodologi
cal straitj acket that crowds out new thinking. But it is easy to
exaggerate the rigidity of the rules within which the profes
sion operates:·* In my own experience, I have seen economics
change drastically over a p eriod of three short decades .
Consider the fields that I focused on in graduate school in the
* Even relatively sophisticated accounts of the economics profession by
outsiders typically overstate the rigidity of the discipline and understate
the possibilities of change over time. As an example, see Marion Fourcade,
Etienne Ollion, and Yann Algan, The Superiority of Economists, MaxPo
Discussion Paper 14/3 (Paris: Max Planck Sciences Po Center on Coping
with Instability in Market S ocieties, 2014) . The paper emphasizes the
homogeneity of the discipline even as it cites many of the changes that have
taken place and that I cite below.
2 0 0
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CRI T I C S
mid-1980s. The three i n which I wrote exams were economic
development, international economics, and industrial organi
zation. All three have undergone a dramatic makeover. Most
important, all of them have become predominantly empirical
rather than theoretical subjects . At the time I was working on
my dissertation, the b est and brightest in these fields fo cused on
applied theory, producing mathematical models that attempted
to shed light on a particular facet of the economy. Evidence
was used to motivate the models, and sometimes to buttress
their results. But it was unusual to devote the bulk of the work
to empirical analysis. Only the lesser students, the ones without
bright ideas and theoretical skills, would attempt empirically
testing this or that model.
These days, it is virtually impossible to publish in top j our
nals in two of those fields-development and international
economics-without including some serious empirical analysis.
And industrial organization has become much more empirical
too, though not as empirical as the other two fields. Moreover,
what passes as acceptable empirical analysis has changed for
ever. The standards of the profession now require much greater
attention to the quality of the data, to causal inference from
evidence, and to a variety of statistical pitfalls. All in all, this
empirical turn has been good for the profession. In interna
tional economics, for example, empirical work has generated
new findings on the importance of quality and productivity
differences among firms participating in international trade
and an expanded variety of models to account for them. In
2 0 1
E C O N O M I C S RU L E S
development economics, new evidence has led to policy inno
vations in health, education, and finance that have the potential
to improve the lives of hundreds of millions of people.
Another way we can observe the transformation of the dis
cipline is by looking at the new areas of research that have
flourished in recent decades . Three of these are particularly
noteworthy: b ehavioral economics, randomized controlled
trials (RCTs) , and institutions. What's striking is that all these
areas have been greatly influenced, and in fact stimulated, by
fields from outside economics-psychology, medicine, and
history, respectively. Their growth disproves the claim that
economics is insular and ignores the contributions of other
cognate disciplines.
In some ways , the rise of b ehavioral economics marks the
greatest departure for standard economics because it under
cuts the benchmark, almost canonical assumption of eco
nomic models: · tliat individuals are rational. The rationality
postulate not only seems sensible in a lot of settings, but also
allows the modeling o f behavior by relying on standard math
ematical optimization techniques in which individuals maxi
mize (or minimize, as the case may b e) well-defined objective
functions under budgetary and other constraints. Using these
techniques , economists derive specific predictions for how
consumers choose which products to buy, how households
save, how firms invest, how workers search for j obs, and so
on-as well as for how these actions depend on the particulars
of the setting.
202
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CR I T I C S
The postulate always had its critics from within economics,
such as Herbert Simon, who argued for a limited form of ratio
nality (called " bounded rationality") , and Richard Nelson,
who proposed that firms move by trial and error rather than by
optimization-not to mention Adam Smith himself, who may
have been the first behavioral economist.11 But it was the work
of psychologist Daniel Kahneman and his coauthors that had
the greatest impact on mainstream economics.12 This contribu
tion was recognized by a Nobel memorial prize in economics
given to Kahneman in 2 0 0 2 , the first time that the prize was
awarded to a noneconomist.*
Kahneman and his colleagues' experiments cataloged a long
list of b ehavioral regularities that violated rationality, as the
concept is used in economics . People value an obj ect more
when giving it up than they do when acquiring it (loss aversion) ,
overgeneralize from small amounts of data (overconfidence),
discount evidence that contradicts their b eliefs (confirmation
bias), yield to short-term temptations that they realize are bad
for them (weak self-control), value fairness and reciprocity
(bounded selfishness), and so on. These types of behavior have
important implications in many areas of economics. For exam
ple, the efficient-markets hypothesis in finance (see Chapter 5)
relies on investors having unbiased expectations. When econo
mists b egan to introduce these new findings in their models,
* In 2009 the prize went to Elinor Ostrom, a political scientist, for her
work on institutions and managing common-pool resources.
203
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
they were able to account for financial-market anomalies that
had long resisted explanation. For example, the apparent over
sensitivity of asset prices to news could be explained by the
tendency of people to overreact to recent information.13 These
insights from social psychology were subsequently applied to
many areas of decision making, such as saving b ehavior, choice
of medical insurance, and fertilizer use by poor farmers . 14
B ehavioral economics moved from the fringes to become one
of the liveliest areas of economics, attracting the b est talent in .
the profession.
RCTs are a departure of a different sort. They represent a
giant leap in the direction of empiricism. Their goal is to gen
erate clear-cut, unambiguous evidence from the ground up.
Empirical work in economics has always b een plagued by the
difficulty of uncovering true causal relationships. The world
never stands still to allow the researcher to cleanly pinpoint
how, for example, subsidizing insecticide-treated bed nets
affects malaria incidence. Too many other things change along
the way, confounding the effect we're looking for. Economists
b egan to study such questions using randomization. So, for
example, bed nets could be distributed to a random sample of
recipients (the treatment group) , with nonrecipients constitut
ing a natural control group. The difference between outcomes
for the two groups would then be attributed to the effect of the
intervention. This approach was relatively simple, compared
to complex statistical techniques. It was also quite effective in
identifying what works and what doesn't in a particular set-
204
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CRI T I C S
ting. Generalizing from one set o f results remained, a s usual,
more problematic, because it required extrapolating to differ
ent conditions .
Poor countries presented particularly suitable conditions for
carrying out such experiments in the field. There was exten
sive debate about which kinds of remedies would work best in
those settings, and there was room to try out different inter
ventions. The gains from identifying effective interventions
were huge, given the prevailing levels of poverty. S ome aspects
of RCTs remain controversial. Critics have complained that
RCT advocates make exaggerated claims about how much we
can learn from field experiments studying the nature of under
development and the policies required. 15 But few would deny
that this new wave of research has taken economics in a dif
ferent direction and has enriched our understanding of many
aspects of developing societies.
Field experiments are fine-grained analyses focusing on
specific communities, often one village at a time. The work
on institutional development, by contrast, took both a much
more macro view and a broad historical sweep. It focused on
the institutions that made modern, prosperous capitalism pos
sible: the rule of law, contract enforcement and property rights
protection, political democracy. This research was inspired
directly by work in other disciplines, on comparative politi
cal development and history. But the insights of those disci
plines were refined and formulated into the kinds of models
that economists are used to. In addition, much effort went into
205
E C O N O M I C S RU L E S
validating these ideas with sophisticated empirical analysis,
using up-to-date statistical techniques.
The MIT economist Daron Acemoglu and the economics
trained Harvard political scientist James Robinson were the
undisputed leaders of this new wave of work. Their first big
research proj ect that made a splash was a paper called " The
Colonial Origins of Comparative Development," coauthored
with their MIT colleague Simon J ohnson. 16 The paper argued
that patterns of institutions imposed by colonialists many cen- .
turies ago echo to this day. When colonialists settled in the
new territories, they erected institutions that protected prop
erty rights and promoted growth and development. This was
the case of the United States , Canada, Australia, and New Zea
land primarily. When local health conditions did not permit
settlement in large numbers, as in much of Africa, colonial
ists instead set up institutions that were more appropriate for
the expropriation of resources, thereby delaying development.
More than the argument itself, what made the paper inordi
nately successful was the imaginative empirical approach the
authors used to validate their claim. In brief, they leveraged
information on the mortality rates of early Western settlers
(such as military officers and missionaries) to distinguish colo
nies by how hospitable the local environment was to erecting
institutions that protect property rights.*
* The authors argued that early colonizers were more likely to set up
good institutions in places where they encountered fewer mortality risks.
2 0 6
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CRI T I C S
The paper was not without its critics. But it sparked a wave
of new research on political economy, institutional develop
ment, and comparative economic history that harked back to
an earlier era of social science inquiry when economics did
not stand apart as a separate discipline. What were the deeper
causes of capitalist development, beyond economic determi
nants such as saving and capital accumulation? Why did Spain
and Portugal lag in development, after having led the world
in the age of discoveries? What are the long-term economic
implications of ethnic divisions, or of cultural attributes? These
were old questions, even though the methods being used were
new. 17 They were also " big" questions, attesting to the ability
of the profession to successfully engage with some of the most
significant issues in the social sciences.
These new areas of research may not have produced con
clusive results, nor have they changed the face of econom
ics forever. My point, rather, is that they have incorporated
insights from other disciplines and have taken economics in
novel directions. They suggest that the view of economics as
an insular, inbred discipline closed to outside influences is more
caricature than reality.
Moreover, the diseases that killed the Westerners were generally different
from those that affected the native population. These assumptions allowed
the authors to use settler mortality rates as an exogenous source of variation
in the quality of institutions, independent of other determinants, such as
proximity to trade routes, that may have affected long-term development
paths.
207
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
Ambition and Modesty
Much of the criticism of economics boils down to the charge
that economists are using the wrong model. They should be
Keynesians , Marxians, or Minskyans instead of neoclassicals;
demand-siders instead of supply-siders; behavioralists rather
than rationalists; network theorists rather than methodologi
cal individualists; structuralists rather than interactionists. But
simply switching to an alternative framework that itself lacks
universality and captures only a particular slice of reality can
not be the solution. Insights of these alternative p erspectives
are , in fact, readily accommodated within standard modeling
practices of economics, as I 've argued. All these divides can be
bridged by viewing economics as a collection of models, along
with a system of navigation among models.
The discipline's most successful and celebrated practitioners
exemplify this- approach. The French economist Jean Tirole,
who won the 2014 Nobel Prize in Economic Sciences for his
work on regulation, is a goo d example. In typical fashion, he
was deluged after his prize was announced by j ournalists seek
ing a quick take on the research that had brought him the rec
ognition. But his interlocutors were in for some frustration.
" There's no easy line in summarizing my contribution," he
protested. "It is industry-specific. The way you regulate pay
ment cards has nothing to do with the way that you regulate
intellectual property or railroads. There are lots of idiosyn-
2 0 8
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CR I T I C S
cratic factors . That's what makes it all s o interesting. It's very
rich . . . . It's not a one-line thing."18
Economists who remain true to their discipline, like Tirole,
are necessarily humble. Their discipline teaches them that
on only very few matters can they express categorical views.
Their responses to most questions necessarily take the form
of " It depends, " "I don't know," "Give me several years (and
research funds) to study the problem," "There are three views
on this . . . ," or perhaps, "Assume we have n goods and k con-
sumers . . . " In this role they remain vulnerable to the criticism
that they are ivory-tower academics, devoted to abstract math
ematical models and fancy statistics , who fail to contribute to
social understanding and the solution of public problems.
But as the science of trade-offs , economics deftly enlight
ens us on both sides of the ledger-the costs and benefits, the
known and the unknown, the impossible and the feasible, the
possible and the likely. Just as social reality admits a wide range
of possibilities, economic models alert us to a variety of sce
narios. Disagreements among economists are natural under the
circumstances, and humility is the right attitude all around. It
is b etter for the public to be exposed to these disagreements
and uncertainties than to be lulled into a false sense of confi
dence about the answers that economics provides .
Humility would also make economists better citizens i n the
broader academic community of social science. Being up front
about how much (or how little) they really know and understand
209
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
would help them close some of the gap with other, nonpositiv
ist social science traditions. It might allow better dialogue with
those who examine social reality through cultural, humanist,
constructivist, or interpretive lenses. A core obj ection of the
advocates of these alternative perspectives is that economics has
a universalist, reductionist approach.19 But with the multiplicity
and context specificity of models at the front and center of eco
nomics, the differences become less serious than they first appear.
For example, an economist's answer to the question "What about
culture?" cannot and should not be "Culture is irrelevant." It
should be "OK, let's try to write down a model of it"-meaning
let's be clear about what we're assuming, what the causal chain
is, and what the observable implications are. No sensible social
scientist should turn his back on such a line of inquiry.
Economists still can aspire to greater ambition as public
intellectuals or social reformers. They can be advocates of
specific policies and institutions on many fronts-to improve
the allocation of resources, unleash entrepreneurial energies,
foster economic growth, and enhance equity and inclusion.
They have much to contribute to the public debate in all these
areas . Their exposure to diverse models of social life, capturing
varieties of behavior and social outcomes, render them p er
haps more alert to the possibilities of social progress than other
social scientists are.* But they need to be aware that when they
* This is the "possibilism" that the great economist and social scientist
Albert Hirschman advocated throughout his life . He rej ected the
2 1 0
E C O N O M I C S A N D I T S CRI T I C S
move into this role, they are inevitably stepping outside the
well-defined scientific boundaries of their discipline. And they
need to be explicit about this. Otherwise, they open themselves
up to criticism that they are pushing beyond their expertise and
passing off their own value judgments as science.
Economics provides many of the stepping-stones and ana
lytic tools to address the big public issues of our time. What it
doesn't provide is definitive, universal answers. Results taken
from economics proper must be combined with values, judg
ments, and evaluations of an ethical, political, or practical
nature. These last have very little to do with the discipline of
economics , but everything to do with reality.
deterministic approaches, common to social sciences, that view outcomes as
being rigidly pinned down by "structural" conditions, and instead argued
for the power of ideas and small actions to have decisive effects . Philipp H .
Lepenies, "Possibilism: A n Approach t o Problem-Solving Derived from
the Life and Work of Albert 0 . Hirschman," Development and Change 39,
no. 3 (May 2008): 437-59.
2 1 1
E P I L O G U E
The Twenty C ommandments
Ten Commandments fo r Economists
1 . Economics is a collection of models; cherish their
diversity.
2 . It's a model, not the model.
3. Make your model simple enough to isolate specific causes
and how they work, but not so simple that it leaves out
key interactions among causes.
4. Unrealistic assumptions are OK; unrealistic critical
assumptions are not OK.
5. The world is (almost) always second best.
6. To map a model to the real world you need explicit
empirical diagnostics, which is more craft than science.
213
E C O N O M I C S RUL E S
7. Do not confuse agreement among economists for cer
tainty about how the world works.
8. It's OK to say "I don't know" when asked about the econ
omy or policy.
9. Efficiency is not everything.
10. Substituting your values for the public's is an abuse of
your expertise.
Ten Commandments for Noneconomists
1. Economics is a collection of models with no predeter
mined conclusions; rej ect any arguments otherwise.
2 . Do not criticize an economist's model because of its
assumptions; ask how the results would change if certain
problematic assumptions were more realistic.
3. Analysis requires simplicity; b eware of incoherence that
passes itself off as complexity.
4. Do not let math scare you; economists use math not
because they're smart, but because they're not smart
enough.
5. When an economist makes a recommendation, ask what
makes him/her sure the underlying model applies to the
case at hand.
2 1 4
T H E T W E N T Y C O MMA N D M E N T S
6 . When an economist uses the term "economic welfare,"
ask what he/she means by it .
7. Beware that an economist may speak differently in public
than in the seminar room.
8. Economists don't (all) worship markets , but they know
better how they work than you do .
9. If you think all economists think alike, attend one of their
seminars.
1 0 . If you think economists are especially rude to nonecono
mists, attend one of their seminars.
2 1 5
NOTES
I N r R o o u c T 1 o N : The Use and Misuse of Economic Ideas
1. R. Preston McAfee and John McMillan, "Analyzing the Airwaves
Auction," journal of Economic Perspectives 10, no . 1 (Winter 1996): 1 59-
75; Alvin E. Roth and Elliott Peranson, "The Redesign of the Match
ing Market for American Physicians: Some Engineering Aspects of
Economic Design," American Economic Review 89, no . 4 (1999): 748-
80; Louis Kaplow and Carl Shapiro, Antitrust, NBER Working Paper
1 2867 (Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic Research,
2007); Ben Bernanke et al. , Inflation Targeting: Lessons from International
Experience (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 1999) .
2 . Steven D . Levitt and Stephen ]. Dubner, Freakonomics: A Rogue Econo
mist Explores the Hidden Side of Everything (New York: William Mor
row, 2005) .
c H A P T E R 1 : What Models D o
1 . Ha-Joon Chang, Economics: The User Guide (London: Pelican Books,
2014), 3.
217
N 0 T E S
2 . David Card and Alan Krueger, Myth and Measurement: The New Eco
nom ics of the Minimum Wage (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University
Press, 1997).
3 . Dani Rodrik and Arvind Subramanian, "Why Did Financial Global
ization Disappoint?" IMF Staff Papers 56, no. 1 (March 2009) : 1 1 2-38.
4. Daniel Leigh et al. , "Will It Hurt? Macroeconomic Effects of Fiscal
Consolidation," in World Economic Outlook (Washington, DC: Interna
tional Monetary Fund, 2010) , 93-1 24, http://www.imf.org/external
I pubs/ft/weo/20 1 01021 pdf/ c 3 . p df.
5. Ariel Rubinstein, "Dilemmas of an Economic Theorist," Econometrica
74, no. 4 Guly 2006) : 8 8 1 .
6 . Allan Gibbard and H a l R. Varian, "Economic Models," Journal of Phi
losophy 75, no. 11 (November 1978): 6 6 6 .
7. Nancy Cartwright, "Models: Fables v . Parables," Insights (Durham
Institute of Advanced Study) 1, no. 11 (2008).
8 . The Colombia study I 'm referring to is the well-known paper by
Joshua Angrist, Eric Bettinger, and Michael Kremer: "Long-Term
Educational Consequences of Secondary School Vouchers: Evidence
from Administrative Records in Colombia," American Economic Review
96, no. 3 (2006): 847-::-62 .
9. Nancy Cartwright and Jeremy Hardie, Evidence-Based Policy: A
Practical Guide to Doing It Better (Oxford: Oxford University Press,
2 0 1 2) .
1 0 . Milton Friedman, "The Methodology o f Positive Economics," i n Essays
in Positive Economics (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1953) .
1 1 . Paul Pfleiderer, "Chameleons: The Misuse of Theoretical Models in
Finance and Economics" (unpublished paper, Stanford University,
2014).
1 2 . See Gibbard and Varian, "Economic Models," 671 .
1 3 . Nancy Cartwright, Hunting Causes and Using Them: Approaches i n Philoso
phy and Economics (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2007), 217.
2 1 8
N O T E S
14. Thomas C . Schelling, The Strategy of Coriflict (Cambridge, MA: Har
vard University Press, 1960) ; Schelling, Micromotives and Macrobe
havior (New York: W. W. Norton, 1978).
15. Diego Gambetta, " ' Claro ! ' An Essay on Discursive Machismo," in
Deliberative Democracy, ed. Jon Elster (Cambridge: Cambridge Univer
sity Press, 1998), 24.
16. Marialaura Pesce, " The Veto Mechanism in Atomic D ifferential
Information Economies," Journal of Mathematical Economics 53 (2014):
33-45.
17. Jon Elster, Explaining Social Behavior: More Nuts and Bolts for the Social
Sciences (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2007) , 461 .
1 8 . Golden Goose Award, "Of Geese and Game Theory: Auctions,
Airwaves-and Applications," Social Science Space, July 17, 2014,
h t tp : //www. s o c i alsciencespac e . c om/20 1 4/07 I of- g e e s e - a nd-game
-theory-auctions-airwaves-and-applications.
19. Friedman, "Methodology of Positive Economics."
20. Alex Pertland, Social Physics: How Good Ideas Spread-The Lessons from
a New Science (New York: Penguin, 2014), 1 1 .
21 . Duncan ] . Watts, Everything Is Obvious: Once You Know the
Answer (New York: Random House, 2011), Kindle edition, locations
2086-92.
22 . Jorge Luis B orges, "On Exactitude in Science," in Collected Fictions,
trans. Andrew Hurley (New York: Penguin, 1999) .
2 3 . Uskali Maki, "Models a n d the Locus o f Their Truth" Synthese 1 8 0
(20 1 1) : 47-63 .
c H A P T E R 2 : The Science of Economic Modeling
1 . John Maynard Keynes, Essays in Persuasion (New York: W. W. Norton,
1963) , 358-73.
2. Adam Smith, An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of
Nations, 5 th ed. (1789; repr., London: Methuen, 1904), I .ii. 2 .
2 1 9
N 0 T E S
3 . The pencil example was based on an essay by Leonard E . Read called
"I, Pencil: My Family Tree as Told to Leonard E. Read" (Irvington
on-Hudson, NY: Foundation for Economic Education, 1958), http://
www. econlib. org/library /Essays/ rdPncl 1 .html.
4. Kenneth J. Arrow, "An Extension of the Basic Theorems of Classi
cal Welfare E conomics," in Proceedings ef the Second Berkeley Sympo
sium on Mathematical Statistics and Probability, ed. J. Neyman (Berkeley:
University of California Press, 1 9 5 1 ) , 507-32; Gerard Debreu, " The
Coefficient of Resource Utilization," Econometrica 19 Ouly 1 9 5 1 ) :
273-9 2 .
5 . Paul Samuelson, "The Past and Future of International Trade Theory,"
in New Directions in Trade Theory, eds. A. Deardorff, ]. Levinsohn, and R.
M. Stern (Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press, 1995), 22.
6 . David Ricardo, On the Principles of Political Economy and Taxation (Lon
don: John Murray, 1 8 17 ) , chap. 7.
7. Dani Rodrik, The Globalization Paradox: Democracy and the Future ef the
World Economy (New York: W. W. Norton, 201 1) , chap. 3 .
8 . David Ricardo, O n the Principles ef Political Economy a n d Taxation,
3rd ed. (London: John Murray, 1 821), chap. 7, para. 7.17, http://www
. econlib.org/library /Ricardo/ricP2a.html.
9. David Card, " The Impact of the Mariel B o atlift on the Miami Labor
Market," Industrial and Labor Relations Review 43, no. 2 Oanuary 1990) :
245-57; George ] . Borjas, "Immigration," i n The Concise Encyclope
dia of Economics, http://www.econlib.org/library/Enc1 /Immigration.
html, accessed December 3 1 , 2014; Orn B. Bodvarsson, Hendrik F.
Van den Berg, and Joshua J. Lewer, "Measuring Immigration's Effects
on Labor Demand: A Reexamination of the Mariel B oatlift" (Univer
sity of Nebraska-Lincoln, Economics Department Faculty Publica
tions, August 2008).
1 0 . James E. Meade, The Theory ef International Economic Policy, vol. 2,
Trade and Welfare (London: Oxford University Press, 1955); Richard G .
2 2 0
N 0 T E S
Lipsey and Kelvin Lancaster, "The General Theory of Second Best,"
Review ef Economic Studies 24, no . 1 (1956-57) : 1 1-32 .
1 1 . Avinash Dixit, "Governance Institutions and Economic Activity,"
American Economic Review 99, no. 1 (2009): 5-24.
1 2 . Thomas C. Schelling, The Strategy of Conflict (Cambridge, MA: Har
vard University Press, 1960); Schelling, Micromotives and Macrobehavior
(New York: W. W. Norton, 1978).
13. For an excellent discussion with practical applications, see Avinash K.
Dixit and Barry J. Nalebuff, The A rt ef Strategy (New York: W. W.
Norton, 2008).
14. Joseph E . Stiglitz and Andrew Weiss, "Credit Rationing in Markets
with Imperfect Information," American Economic Review 7 1 , no . 3 Qune
1 9 8 1 ) : 393-410.
1 5 . Andrew Weiss, Efficiency Wages: Models of Unemployment, Layoffs,
and Wage Dispersion (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press ,
1 9 9 0) .
16. Itzhak Gilboa, Andrew Postlewaite, Larry Samuelson, and David Sch
meidler, "Economic Models as Analogies" (unpublished paper, Janu
ary 27, 2 0 1 3) , 6-7.
17. S ee, for example, my online debate for the Economist magazine with
Harvard Business School professor Josh Lerner, July 1 2-17, 2010,
http : //www. economist. com/ debate/ debates/ overview/177.
1 8 . Carmen M. Reinhart and Kenneth S. Rogoff, Growth in a Time efDebt,
NBER Working Paper 1 5639 (Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of
Economic Research, 2 0 1 0) .
1 9 . Thomas Herndon, Michael Ash, and Robert Pollin, "Does High Pub
lic Debt Consistently Stifle Economic Growth? A Critique of Rein
hart and Rogoff'' (Amherst: University of Massachusetts at Amherst,
Political Economy Research Institute, April 1 5 , 2013).
20. R. E . Peierls, "Wolfgang Ernst Pauli, 1900-1 9 5 8 ," Biographical Memoirs
ef Fellows of the Royal Society 5 (February 1960) : 1 8 6 .
2 2 1
N 0 T E S
2 1 . Albert Einstein, "Physics a11d Reality," in Ideas and Opinions of Albert
Einstein, trans. Sonja Bargmann (New York: Crown, 1954), 290, cited
in Susan Haack, " Science, Economics, 'Vision,' " Social Research 7 1 , no.
2 (Summer 2004) : 225.
c H A P r E R 3 : Navigating among Models
1. David Colander and Roland Kupers, Complexity and the Art of Public
Policy (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press, 2014), 8.
2. Dani Rodrik, "Goodbye Washington Consensus, Hello Washington
Confusion?: A Review of the World Bank's Economic Growth in the
1990s: Learning from a Decade of Reform," journal of Economic Litera
ture 44, no. 4 (December 2006): 973-87.
3 . Ricardo Hausmann, Dani Rodrik, and Andres Velasco, "Growth
Diagnostics," in The Washington Consensus Reconsidered: Towards a New
Global Governance, eds. J. Stiglitz and N. Serra (New York: Oxford
University Press, 2008).
4. The process is explained in greater detail, with examples from many
countries, in Ricardo Hausmann, Bailey Klinger, and Rodrigo Wag
ner, Doing Growth Diagnostics in Practice: A "Mindbook", CID Working
Paper 177 (Cambridge, MA: Center for International D evelopment at
Harvard University, 2 0 0 8) .
5 . Ricardo Hausmann, Final Recommendations o f the International Panel
on ASGISA , CID Working Paper 161 (Cambridge, MA: Center for
International Development at Harvard University, 2 008) .
6 . Ricardo Hausmann and Dani Rodrik, " Self-Discovery in a Develop
ment Strategy for El Salvador,'' Economia: journal of the Latin American
and Caribbean Economic Association 6, no. 1 (Fall 2005): 43-10 2 .
7 . Douglass C . North and Robert Paul Thomas, The Rise of the Western
World: A New Economic History (Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 1973).
8. Rochelle M . Edge and Refet S. Giirkaynak, How Useful Are Estimated
DSGE Model Forecasts? Finance and Economics Discussion Series
222
N 0 T E S
(Washington, DC: Divisions of Research & Statistics and Monetary
Affairs, Federal Reserve B oard, 2 0 1 1) .
9. Barry Nalebuff, "The Hazards of Game Theory," Haaretz, May 1 7 , 2006,
http : //www. haaretz. com/business/economy-finance/the-hazards-of
-game-theory- 1 . 187939. See also Avinash Dixit and Barry Nalebuff,
Thinking Strategically: The Competitive Edge in Business, Politics, and
Everyday Life (New York: W. W. Norton, 1993), chap 1 .
1 0 . S antiago Levy, Progress against Poverty: Sustain ing Mexico's Progresa
Opo rtunidades Program (Washington, D C : B rookings I nstitution,
2 0 0 6 ) .
1 1 . Mexico-PROGRESA: Breaking the Cycle of Poverty (Washington, DC:
International Food Policy Research Institute, 2 0 02) , http: //www
.ifpri .org/sites/default/files/pubs/pubs/ib/ib6.pdf.
1 2 . Edward Miguel and Michael Kremer, "Worms: Identifying Impacts
on Education and Health in the Presence of Treatment Externalities,"
Econometrica 72 , no. 1 (20 04) : 1 59-2 17.
13. Esther Duflo, Rema Hanna, and Stephen P. Ryan, "Incentives Work:
Getting Teachers to Come to School," American Economic Review 102,
no. 4 (June 2 0 1 2) : 1 241-7 8 .
1 4 . David Roodman, "Latest Impact Research: Inching towards Gen
eralization," Consultative Group to Assist the Poor (CGAP), April
1 1 , 2 0 1 2 , http : //www. cgap.org/blog/latest-impact-research-inching
-towards-generalization.
1 5 . Joshua D. Angrist, "Lifetime Earnings and the Vietnam Era Draft Lot
tery: Evidence from Social Security Administrative Records," Ameri
can Economic Review 80, no. 3 (June 1990): 313-3 6 .
1 6 . Donald R. Davis and David E . Weinstein, "Bones, B ombs, a n d Break
Points: The Geography of Economic Activity," American Economic
Review 9 2 , no. 5 (20 02): 1 2 69-89.
17. David R. Cameron, "The Expansion of the Public Economy: A Com
parative Analysis," American Political Science Review 72 , no. 4 (Decem
ber 1 978) : 1 243-61 .
223
N 0 T E S
1 8 . Dani Rodrik, "Why Do More Open Economies Have Bigger Govern
ments?" Journal of Political Economy 106, no . 5 (October 1998) : 997-1 032 .
19. Robert Sugden, "Credible Worlds, Capacities and Mechanisms"
(unpublished paper, S chool of Economics , University of East Anglia,
August 2 0 0 8) .
c H A P T E R 4 : Models and Theories
1. Andrew Gelman, "Causality and Statistical Learning," American Journal
of Sociology 1 17 (20 1 1) : 955-66; Andrew Gelman and Guido Imbens,
Why Ask Why? Forward Causal Inference and Reverse Causal Questions,
NBER Working Paper 19614 (Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of
Economic Research, 2013).
2 . Dani Rodrik, "Democracies Pay Higher Wages," Quarterly Journal of
Econom ics 1 14, no. 3 (August 1999): 707-3 8 .
3 . Thomas Piketty, Emmanuel Saez, and Stefanie Stantcheva, Optimal
Taxation of Top Labor Incomes: A Tale of Three Elasticities, NBER Work
ing Paper 17616 (Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Economic
Research, 2 0 1 1) .
4. ] . R . Hicks, "Mr. Keynes and the 'Classics': A Suggested Interpreta
tion," Econometrica 5, no . 2 (April 1937 ) : 147-59.
5. John M. Keynes, "The General Theory ofEmployment," Quarterly Jour
nal of Economics 5 1 , no . 2 (February 1 937) : 209-23, cited by ]. Bradford
DeLong in "Mr. Hicks and 'Mr Keynes and the "Classics": A Suggested
Interpretation': A Suggested Interpretation," June 20, 2010, http://
delong.typepad.com/sdj/2010/06/mr-hicks-and-mr-keynes-and-the
classics-a-suggested-interpretation-a-suggested-interpretation.html.
6 . Robert E. Lucas and Thomas Sargent, "After Keynesian Macroeco
nomics," Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis Quarterly Review 3 , no . 2
(Spring 1 979) : 1-1 8 .
7 . John H. Cochrane, "Lucas a n d Sargent Revisited," The Grumpy
Economist (blog), July 17, 2 014, http://johnhcochrane.blogspot.jp/
20 14/07 /lucas-and-sargent-revisited . html.
224
N 0 T E S
8 . Robert E . Lucas Jr., "Macroeconomic Priorities," American Economic
Review 93, no. 1 (March 2003): 1-14.
9. Robert E. Lucas, "Why a Second Look Matters" (presentation at the
Council on Foreign Relations, New York, March 30, 2009) , http://
www.cfr.org/world/why-second-look-matters/p18996.
1 0 . Holman W. Jenkins Jr. , "Chicago Economics on Trial" (interview
with Robert E. Lucas), Wall Street Journal, September 24, 201 1 , http://
online .wsj .com/news/articles/SB 10001424053 1 1 1 90419460 45765 833
82550849232 .
1 1 . Paul Krugman, "The Stimulus Tragedy," New York Times, February
20, 2014, http://www. nytimes.com/20 14/02/21 /opinion/krugman
the-stimulus-tragedy.html.
1 2 . J. Bradford Delong and Lawrence H. Summers, "Fiscal Policy in a
Depressed Economy," Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, Spring
201 2 , 233-74.
13. Edward P. Lazear and James R. Spletzer, "The United States Labor
Market: Status Quo or a New Normal?" (paper prepared for the Kan
sas City Fed Symposium, September 1 3 , 2012) .
1 4 . S cott R. Baker, Nicholas Bloom, and Steven ) . Davis, "Measuring Eco
nomic Policy Uncertainty" (unpublished paper, Stanford University,
June 1 3 , 2013) ; Daniel Shoag and Stan Veuger, "Uncertainty and the
Geography of the Great Recession" (unpublished paper, John F. Ken
nedy School of Government, Harvard University, February 2 5 , 2014).
1 5 . The data are from the US Census Bureau; see "Income Gini Ratio for
Households by Race of Householder, All Races," FRED Economic
Data, Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, http : //research .stlouisfed
.org/fred2/series/GINIALLRH#, accessed July 24, 2014.
16. The World Top Incomes Database, http://topincomes.parisschoolof
economics.eu/#Database, accessed july 24, 2014.
17. Edward E . Leamer, Wage Effects of a U. S.-Mexican Free Trade Agreement,
NBER Working Paper 3991 (Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of
Economic Research, 1 9 92) , 1 .
225
N 0 T E S
1 8 . Eli Berman, John Bound, and Zvi Griliches, "Changes in the Demand
for Skilled Labor within US Manufacturing: Evidence from the
Annual Survey of Manufacturers," Quarterly Journal of Economics 1 09,
no. 2 (1994) : 367-97.
19. Robert C. Feenstra and Gordon H. Hanson, "Foreign Direct Invest
ment and Relative Wages: Evidence from Mexico's Maquiladoras,"
Journal of International Economics 42 (1997): 371-94.
20. Frank Levy and Richard J. Murnane, "U. S . Earnings and Earnings
Inequality: A Review of Recent Trends and Proposed Explanations,"
Journal of Economic Literature 30 (September 1992): 1 333-8 1 ; John
Bound and George Johnson, "Changes in the Structure of Wages in
the 1980s: An Evaluation of Alternative Explanations," American Eco
nomic Review 83 Qune 1 992) : 371-9 2 .
21 . Lawrence Mishel, John Schmitt, a n d Heidi Shierholz, "Assessing the
Job Polarization Explanation of Growing Wage Inequality," Economic
Policy Institute, January 1 1 , 20 1 3 , http: //www.epi.org/publication/
wp295-assessing-job-polarization-explanation-wage-inequality.
22. Albert 0. Hirschman, "The Search for Paradigms as a Hindrance to
Understanding," World Politics 22, no. 3 (April 1970): 329-43.
C H A P T E R 5 : When Economists Go Wrong
1 . Thomas J. Sargent, "University of California at B erkeley Graduation
Speech," May 16, 2007, https://files.nyu.edu/ts43/public/personal/
UC_graduation.pdf.
2. Noah Smith, "Not a Summary of Economics," Noahpinion (blog),
April 19, 2014, http : //noahpinionblog.blogspot.com/2014/04/not
summary-of-economics.html; Paul Krugman, " No Time for Sargent,"
New York Times Opinion Pages, April 2 1 , 2014, http://krugman.blogs.
nytimes . com/20 14/04/21 /no-time-for-sargent/?module=BlogPost
Title&version=Blog%20Main&contentCollection=Opinion&action=
Click&pgtype= Blogs®ion= Body.
2 2 6
N O T E S
3 . Greg Mankiw, "News Flash: Economists Agree," February 14, 2009,
Greg Mankiw's Blog, http://gregmankiw.blogspot.com/2009/02/news
-flash-economists-agree.html.
4. Richard A. Posner, "Economists on the Defensive-Robert Lucas," Atlantic,
August 9, 2009, http://www.theatlantic.com/business/archive/2009/08/
economists-on-the-defensive-robert-lucas/22979.
5. Robert Shiller, Irrational Exuberance, 2nd ed. (Princeton, NJ: Princeton
University Press, 2005) .
6. Raghuram G. Raj an, "The Greenspan Era: Lessons for the Future"
(remarks at a symposium sponsored by the Federal Reserve Bank
of Kansas City, Jackson Hole, WY, August 27, 2005) , http s : //www
.imf.org/external/np/speeches/2005/082705.htm; Charles Fergu
son, "Larry Summers and the Subversion of Economics," Chronicle
of Higher Education, October 3, 2010, http://chronicle.com/article/
Larry-Summersthe/ 1 2479 0 .
7. Eugene F . Fama, "Efficient Capital Markets: A Review of Theory and
Empirical Work," Journal of Finance 25, no. 2 (May 1970) : 383-417.
8. Edmund L. Andrews, "Greenspan Concedes Error on Regula
tion," New York Times, October 23, 2008, http://www.nytimes
. com/2008/10/24/business/ economy/24panel.html?_r= O .
9. John Williamson, "A Short History of the Washington Consensus"
(paper commissioned by Fundaci6n CIDOB for the conference "From
the Washington Consensus towards a New Global Governance," Bar
celona, September 24-2 5 , 2004).
10. Dani Rodrik, "Goodbye Washington Consensus, Hello Washington
Confusion?: A Review of the World Bank's Economic Growth in the
1990s: Learning from a Decade of Reform ," Journal of Economic Literature
44, no. 4 (December 2006) : 973-87.
1 1 . Dani Rodrik, "Getting Interventions Right: How S outh Korea
and Taiwan Grew Rich," Economic Policy 10, no. 20 (1995) : 53-107;
Rodrik, " S econd-Best Institutions," American Economic Review 98, no .
2 (May 2008) : 1 0 0-104.
227
N 0 T E S
1 2 . Stanley Fischer, "Capital Account Liberalization and the Role of
the IMF," September 19, 1997, https://www.imf.org/external/np/
speeches/1997/091997.htm# l .
1 3 . " The Liberalization and Management o f Capital Flows: A n Insti
tutional View," International Monetary Fund, November 14, 2 0 1 2 ,
http://www. imf.org/external/np/pp/eng/20 1 2 / 1 1 1412 .pdf.
14. Edward Lopez and Wayne Leighton, Madmen, Intellectuals, and Aca
demic Scribblers: The Economic Engine of Political Change (Stanford, CA:
Stanford University Press , 2 0 1 2) .
1 5 . Francisco Rodriguez and D ani Rodrik, "Trade Policy and Economic
Growth: A Skeptic's Guide to the Cross-National Evidence," in Mac
roeconomics Annual 2000, eds. Ben Bernanke and Kenneth S . Rogoff
(Cambridge, MA: MIT Press for NBER, 2 0 0 1) .
1 6 . Mankiw, "News Flash: Economists Agree."
17. Mark R. Rosenzweig and Kenneth I . Wolpin, "Natural 'Natural
Experiments' in Economics," journal of Economic Literature 38, no. 4
(December 2 0 0 0) : 827-74.
18. Dani Rodrik, The Globalization Paradox: Democracy and the Future
of the World Economy (New York: W. W. Norton, 2 0 1 1) , chap. 6 .
See also Rodr-ik, "In Praise o f Foxy Scholars," Project Syndicate,
March 10, 2 0 14, http : //www.project-syndicate.org/commentary/
dani-rodrik-on-the-promise-and-peril-of-social-science-models.
C H A P T E R 6 : Economics and Its Critics
1. David Colander, Richard F. Holt, and ] . Barkley Rosser, "The Chang
ing Face of Mainstream Economics," Review of Political Economy 1 6 , no.
4 (October 2004) : 487.
2. For a good overview of the differences between economists' and
anthropologists' perspectives, see Pranab Bardhan and Isha Ray, Meth
odological Approaches in Economics and Anthropology, Q-Squared Work
ing Paper 17 (Toronto: Centre for International Studies, University of
Toronto, 2006).
2 2 8
N O T E S
3. For a sampling of this work, see Samuel Bowles, "Endogenous Prefer
ences: The Cultural Consequences of Markets and Other Economic
Institutions," Journal of Economic Literature 26 (1998) : 75-1 1 1 ; George
A. Akerlof and Rachel E. Kranton Identity Economics: How Our Identi
ties Shape Our Work, Wages, and Well-Being (Princeton, NJ: Princeton
University Press, 2010); Alberto Alesina and George-Marios Angele
tos, "Fairness and Redistribution," A merican Economic Review 95 , no .
4 (2 005): 960-80; Alberto Alesina, Edward Glaeser, and Bruce Sacer
dote , "Why Doesn't the United States Have a European-Style Welfare
State?" Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, no. 2 (2001): 187-254;
Raquel Fernandez, "Cultural Change as Learning: The Evolution of
Female Labor Force Participation over a Century," American Economic
Review 103, no . 1 (20 1 3) : 472-500; Roland Benabou, Davide Ticchi,
and Andrea Vindigni, "Forbidden Fruits: The Political Economy of
Science, Religion, and Growth" (unpublished paper, Princeton Uni
versity, December 2 0 1 3) .
4. Neil Gandal e t a l . , "Personal Value Priorities o f Economists," Human
Relations 5 8 , no. 10 (October 2005) : 1 227-52; Bruno S. Frey and
Stephan Meier, "Selfish and Indoctrinated Economists?" European
Journal of Law and Economics 19 (2005): 165-7 1 .
5 . Michael ] . Sandel, "What Isn't for S ale?" Atlantic, April 2 0 1 2 , http://
www. theatlant i c . c om/magazine/archive/2 0 1 2 /0 4/what-isnt-for
sale/3 08902. See also Sandel, What Money Can't Buy: The Mora l Limits
of Markets (New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux, 2012) .
6 . Uri Gneezy and Aldo Rustichini, "A Fine I s a Price," Jou rnal of Legal
Studies 29, no. 1 Qanuary 2000) : 1-17; Samuel Bowles, "Machiavel
li 's Mistake: Why Good Laws and No Substitute for Good Citizens"
(unpublished manuscript, 2 014) .
7. Sandel, "What Isn't for Sale?"
8. Albert 0 . Hirschman, The Passions and the Interest: Political A rguments
for Capitalism before Its Triumph (Princeton, NJ: Princeton University
Press, 1977); see also Hirschman, "Rival Interpretations of Market
229
N 0 T E S
Society: Civilizing, D estructive, or Feeble?" Journal of Economic Litera
ture 20 (December 1982) : 1463-84.
9. D ani Rodrik, "Occupy the Classroom," Project Syndicate, December
1 2 , 201 1 , http://www. proj ect-syndicate .org/ commentary I occupy-the
-classroom.
10. Simon Wren-Lewis, "When Economics Students Rebel," Mainly Macro
(blog), April 24, 2014, http://mainlymacro.blogspot.co .uk-2014-04
-when= economocs=students=rebel.html.
1 1 . Herbert A. Simon, "A Behavioral Model of Rational Choice," Quar
terly Journal of Economics 69 (February 1955): 99-1 1 8 ; Richard R. Nel
son and Sidney G. Winter, An Evolutionary Theory of Economic Change
(Cambridge, MA: Belknap Press of Harvard University Press, 1982).
1 2 . Daniel Kahneman, Paul Slovic, and Amos Tversky, Judgement under
Uncertainty: Heuristics and Biases (Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 1982).
1 3 . Werner F. M . D e Bondt and Richard Thaler, "Does the Stock Market
Overreact?" Journal of Finance 40, no. 3 (1985): 793-80 5 .
14. David Laibson, "Golden Eggs and Hyperbolic Discounting," Quar
terly Journal of Economics 1 1 2 , no. 2 (1997): 443-77; Brigitte C .
Madrian and Bennis F . Shea, "The Power o f Suggestion: Inertia in
4 0 1 (k) Participation and Savings Behavior," Quarterly Journal of Eco
nomics 1 16 , no . 4 (20 0 0 ) : 1 149-87; Jeffrey Liebman and Richard Zeck
hauser, Simple Humans, Complex Insurance, Subtle Subsidies, NBER
Working Paper 1433 0 (Cambridge, MA: National Bureau of Eco
nomic Research, 2 0 0 8) ; Esther Duflo, Michael Kremer, and Jonathan
Robinson, Nudging Farmers to Use Fertilizer: Theory and Experimental
Evidence from Kenya, NBER Working Paper 1 51 3 1 (Cambridge, MA:
National Bureau of Economic Research, 2009) .
1 5. S ee, for example, Angus Deaton, "Instruments of D evelopment: Ran
domization in the Tropics, and the Search for the Elusive Keys to Eco
nomic D evelopment" (Research Program in D evelopment Studies,
Center for Health and Wellbeing, Princeton University, January 2009):
2 3 0
N 0 T E S
1 6 . Daron Acemoglu, Simon Johnson, and James A. Robinson, "The
Colonial Origins of Comparative Development: An Empirical Inves
tigation," American Economic Review 9 1 , no. 5 (December 2001) :
1 369-140 1 .
17. A good overall synthesis o f this work c a n b e found i n Daron Acemoglu
and James Robinson, Why Nations Fail: The Origins of Power, Prosperity,
and Poverty (New York: Crown, 2012).
1 8 . Binyamin Appelbaum, "Q. and A. with Jean Tirole, Economics Nobel
Winner," New York Times, October 14, 2014 (http://www.nytimes
. com/2014/ 1 0/ 1 5/upshot/q-and-a-with-jean-tirole-nobel-prize-win
ner.html?_r= O&abt=0002&abg=O).
19. See, for example, the essays in Paul Rabinow and William M . Sulli
van, eds . , Interpretive Social Science: A Second Look (Berkeley: University
of California Press, 1987).
231
I NDE X
Page numbers in italics refer to illustrations.
Acemoglu, Daron, 206
advertising, prisoners' dilemma
and, 14-1 5
Africa, Washington Consensus and,
162
agriculture:
subsidies in, 149, 194
subsistence vs. modern, 75, 88
Airbus, 1 5
airline industry, deregulation of,
1 6 8
Akerlof, George, 6 8 , 69n
Algan, Yann, 79n, 200n
Allen, Danielle, xiv
American Economic Review (AER),
30-31
American Political Science Review
(APSR), 30-31
Angrist, Joshua, 108
antelopes, 35n
antipoverty programs, 3-4
cash grants vs . subsidies in, 4
antitrust law, 161
Argentina, 166
arguments, mathematics and, 35n
Arrow, Kenneth, 31, 49-51
Ash, Michael, 77
Asia, economic growth and, 163-
64, 166
asset bubbles, 1 52-58
asymmetric information, 6 8-69,
70, 7 1
Auctions: Theory a n d Practice
(Klemperer), 36n
"Auctions and Bidding: A Primer"
(Milgrom), 3 6 n
2 3 3
I N D E X
auction theory, 36, 168
automobiles, effect of sales tax and
demand on, 1 8 0-81
balanced budgets, 171
Bangladesh, 57-5 8 , 1 23
Bank of England, 197
banks, banking, l n, 2
computational models and,
38
credit rationing in, 64-65
globalization and, 1 65-66
Great Recession and, 1 52-59
insurance in, 1 5 5
regulation of, 1 5 5 , 1 58-59
shadow sector in, 1 53
bargaining, 1 24-25, 143
Battle of Bretton Woods, The: John
Maynard Keynes, Harry Dexter
White, and the-Making of a New
World Order (Steil), 1 n-2n
bed nets, randomized testing and,
1 0 6 , 2 04
behavioral economics, 69-7 1 ,
1 04-7, 202-4
Berlin, Isaiah, 175
Bernanke, Ben, 1 34-35
Bertrand competition, 6 8
Bhagwati, Jagdish, 182n-83n
big data, 38-39, 40
Bloomberg, Michael, 4
Boeing, 1 5
Bohm-Bawerk, Eugen von, 1 1 9
Bordo, Michael D., 1 27n
Borges, Jorge Luis, 43-44, 8 6
Boston University, 3
Boughton, James M . , 1 n
Boulding, Kenneth, 1 1
bounded rationality, 203
Bowles, Samuel, 7 1 n
Brazil:
antipoverty programs of, 4
globalization and, 166
Bretton Woods Conference (1944),
1-2
Britain, Great, property rights and,
98
bubbles, 1 52-58
business cycles, 1 25-37
balanced budgets and, 171
capital flow in, 1 27
classical economics and, 1 2 6-27,
1 29, 137
inflation in, 1 26-27, 133, 1 3 5 ,
1 37
new classical models and, 130-
34, 1 36-37
butterfly effect, 39
California, University of:
at B erkeley, 1 07, 1 3 6 , 147
at Los Angeles, 139
Cameron, David, 109
capacity utilization rates, 130
2 3 4
I N D E X
capital, neoclassical distribution
theory and, 1 22, 124
capital flow:
in business cycles, 127
economic growth and, 17-1 8 ,
1 14, 164-67
globalization and, 164-67
growth diagnostics and, 90
speculation and, 2
capitalism, 1 1 8-24, 127, 144, 205,
207
carbon, emissions quotas vs. taxes
in reduction of, 1 88-90,
1 9 1-92
Card, David, 57
Carlyle, Thomas, 1 1 8
carpooling, 1 9 2 , 193-94
cartels, 95
Cartwright, Nancy, 20, 22n, 29
cash grants, 4, 5 5 , 1 05-6
Cassidy, John, 1 57n
Central Bank of India, 1 5 4
Chang, Ha-Joon, 1 1
chaos theory, butterfly effect and,
39
Chicago, University of, 131, 1 52
Chicago B o ard of Trade, 55
Chile, antipoverty programs and, 4
China, People's Republic of, 1 5 6 ,
1 6 3 , 164
cigarette industry, taxation and,
27-28
Clark, John Bates, 1 19
"Classical Gold Standard, The:
Some Lessons for Today"
(Bordo), 1 27n
classical unemployment, 1 26
climate change, 1 8 8-90, 1 9 1-92
climate modeling, 38, 40
Cochrane, John, 131
coffee, 179, 185
Colander, David, 85
collective bargaining, 1 24-25, 143
Colombia, educational vouchers
in, 24
colonialism, developmental eco
nomics and, 206-7
" C olonial Origins of Comparative
Development, The"
(Acemoglu, Robinson, and
Johnson), 206-7
Columbia University, 2 , 1 0 8
commitment, in game theory, 33
comparative advantage, 52-5 5 , 58n,
59-60, 1 39, 170
compensation for risk models, 1 1 0
competition, critical assumptions
in, 28-29
complementarities, 42
computable general equilibrium
(CGE) models, 41
computational models, 3 8 , 41
computers, model complexity and,
38
235
I N D E X
Comte, Auguste, 81
conditional cash transfer (CCT)
programs, 4, 105-6
congestion pricing, 2-3
Constitution, U. S . , 187
construction industry, Great
Recession and, 1 5 6
consumers, consumption, 1 19, 129,
130, 132, 136, 167
cross-price elasticity in, 1 80-8 1
consumer's utility, 1 1 9
contextual truths, 20, 174
contingency, 25 , 145, 173-74, 185
contracts, 8 8 , 9 8 , 161 , 205
coordination models, 16-17, 42 ,
200
corn futures, 55
corruption, 87, 89, 91
costs, behavioral economics and, 70
Cotterman, Nancy, xiv
Cournot, Antoine-Augustin, 1 3 n
Cournot competition, 6 8
credibility, in game theory, 3 3
"Credible Worlds, Capacities and
Mechanisms" (Sugden), 172n
credit rating agencies, 1 5 5
credit rationing, 64-65
critical assumptions, 18, 26-29,
94-9 8 , 1 5 0-51 , 1 8 0 , 1 83-84,
202
cross-price elasticity, 1 8 0-81
Cuba, 57
currency:
appreciation of, 60, 167
depreciation of, 1 53
economic growth and, 163-64,
167
current account deficits, 1 53
Curry, Brendan, xv
Dahl, Gordon B . , 1 51 n
D arwin, Charles, 1 1 3
Davis, D onald, 108
day care, 7 1 , 190-9 1
Debreu, Gerard, 49-51
debt, national, 1 53
decision trees, 89-90, 90
DeLong, Brad, 1 3 6
democracy, social sciences and,
205
deposit insurance, 1 5 5
depreciation, currency, 1 53
Depression, Great, 2, 1 2 8 , 1 53
deregulation, 143 , 1 5 5 , 1 5 8-59,
162, 1 6 8
derivatives, 1 53 , 1 5 5
deterrence, in game theory, 3 3
development economics, 75-76,
8 6-93, 90, 1 59-67, 169, 201 ,
202
colonial settlement and, 206-7
institutions and, 9 8 , 161 , 202,
205-7
reform fatigue and, 8 8
2 3 6
I N D E X
diagnostic analysis, 8 6-93, 90, 97,
1 1 0-1 1
Dijkgraaf, Robbert, xiv
"Dirtying White: Why Does B enn
Steil 's History of Bretton
Woods Distort the Ideas
of Harry Dexter White?"
(Boughton), 1 n
distribution, general theory o f, 1 2 1
distribution, neoclassical theory of,
1 2 2 , 124
Dixit, Avinash, xv, 61
Dogan, Pmar, xv
Doing Growth Diagnostics in Practice
(Hausmann, Klinger, and
Wagner), 1 1 1 n
dollar, depreciation of, 1 53
dual economy models, 8 8
Dufl.o, Esther, 1 0 7
duopolies, 1 3 n, 68
Dutch disease syndrome, 60, 61 ,
73, 1 0 0
East Anglia, University of, 172n
Econometrica, 36
econometrics, 133
economic growth, 8 6-93, 9 0 , 97,
1 10-1 1 , 147-49
capital flow in, 17-1 8 , 1 14, 1 64-
67
currency in, 163-64, 1 67
public spending in, 76-78, 1 14
237
Washington Consensus and,
1 59-67, 169
economics:
ambition, humility and, 208-11
antipoverty programs and, 3-4
behavioral factors in, 69-7 1 ,
104-7, 202-4
business cycles in, 1 25-37
contingent explanations of social
life in, xiii
critical assumptions in, 1 8 ,
26-29, 94-9 8 , 1 50-5 1 , 1 80,
1 83-84, 202
critics and, 177-2 1 1
definitions of, 7
developing economies and, see
development economics
efficiency in, xiii, 14, 2 1 , 34, 48,
50, 51 , 67, 98, 125, 147, 148,
150, 1 56-5 8 , 161, 165, 170,
192-95, 196
errors of commission in, 1 59-67
errors of omission in, 1 52-59
field experiments in, 23-24,
1 05-8 , 173, 202-5
game theory and, 5, 14-1 5 , 33,
36, 61-62, 68, 103-4, 1 33
government policies and, 75-76,
87, 8 8 , 147-48, 149, 1 60-61 ,
171
"hedgehog" vs. "fox" approaches
in, 175
I N D E X
economics (continued )
ignorant vs. calculating peasant
hypotheses in, 75
individual behavior in, 17, 33,
3� 42 , 4� 1 0 1 , 102, 1 3 1 , 1 3�
1 8 1-82
marginalists and, 1 1 9-22
models in, see models
outsider views in, 6
pluralism in, 196-208
points of consensus in, 147-52,
194-95
power and responsibility and,
174-75
predictability in, 6, 26-2 8 , 3 8 ,
40-41 , 8 5 , 1 0 4 , 1 0 5 , 1 0 8 , 1 1 5 ,
1 32 , 1 33 , 1 39-40, 1 57, 175,
1 84-85 , 202
progressive mo deling i n , 63-
72
psychology and sociology of,
1 67-74
self-interest in, 2 1 , 104, 1 5 8 ,
1 8 6-8 8 , 190
shocks in, 1 30-3 1 , 1 32
social sciences and, xii-xiii, 45,
1 8 1-82, 2 02-7
strengths and weaknesses of, xi
supply and demand in, 3 , 1 3-14,
20, 99, 1 19, 122, 1 28-30, 1 36-
37, 170
trade-offs in, 193-94
twenty commandments for,
2 1 3-1 5
values i n , 186-96
see also markets; models
Economics, Education and Unlearning:
Economics Education at the
University of Manchester (PCES),
197n
education:
antipoverty programs and, 4 , 5 5 ,
1 05-6
field experiments and variable
factors in, 24
markets and, 198
models in, 36-37, 173
efficient-markets hypothesis
(EMH), 1 5 6-58
Einstein, Albert, 8 0 , 8 1 , 1 13 ,
179
El Salvador, 86, 92-93
Elster, Jon, 79n
emissions quotas, 1 8 8-90, 1 91-92
empirical method, models and, xii,
7, 46, 65, 72-76, 77-78, 1 37,
173-74, 1 83, 199-206
employment:
2 3 8
in business cycles, 1 25-37
labor productivity and, 1 23
minimum wages and, 17-1 8 , 28n,
1 14, 115, 1 24, 143, 1 50, 1 51
social and cultural considerations
in, 1 8 1
I N D E X
see also unemployment
endogenous growth models, 8 8
England, comparative advantage
principle and, 52-53
entrepreneurs:
corruption and, 9 1
taxation and, 7 4
Ethiopia, 8 6 , 1 23
Europe:
Great Recession in, 1 53, 1 5 6
income inequality i n , 1 2 5 , 1 39
trade agreements between U. S .
and, 41
European Common Market, 59
European Union (EU), 76
evolution, theory of, 1 1 3-14
exchange rates, 2, 100, 149
experiments:
economic models compared
with, 21-25
field types of, 23-24, 1 05-8 , 173,
202-5
Explaining Social Behavior: More Nuts
and Bolts for the Social Sciences
(Elster), 79n
external validity, 23-24, 1 1 2
fables, models and, 18-21
factor endowments theory,
1 39-40
Fama, Eugene, 1 57, 1 59
Fassin, Didier, xiv
Federalists, 1 8 7
Federal Reserve, U. S . , 1 34-35,
1 51 n, 1 58
Feenstra, Rob, 141
field experiments, 23-24, 1 05-8,
173, 202-5
financial costs, 70
financial industry:
globalization of, 164-67
in Great Recession, 152-59, 184
financial markets, deregulation and,
143, 1 55 , 1 58-59, 1 62
"Fine Is a Price, A" (Gneezy and
Rustichini), 7 1 n
fines, 71
First Fund amental Theorem of
Welfare E c onomics, 47-5 1 ,
5 4
fiscal policies, 75-76, 87, 8 8 , 147-
48, 149, 1 60-61 , 1 7 1
Fischer, Stanley, 165-66
forward causation, 1 1 5
Foundations of Economic Analysis
(Samuelson), 125
Fourcade, Marion, 79n, 200n
France, comparative advantage
principle and, 59-60
Freakonomics (Levitt and Dubner),
7
Free to Choose, 49
free trade, 1 1 , 54, 141 , 1 69, 170,
1 82-83 , 194
2 3 9
I N D E X
Friedman, Milton:
on assumptions in modeling,
25-26
on cigarette taxes, 27-28
on invisible hand theorem, 49
on liquidity and Great
Depression, 134
on model complexity, 37
fuel subsidies, 193
functional distribution of income,
1 2 1
Galbraith, J o h n Kenneth,
1 8 4
Galileo Galilei, 29
Gambetta, Diego, 34
game theory, 5, 14-1 5 , 33, 36,
61-62 , 1 03-4, 133
simultaneous vs. sequential
moves in, 68
garment industry, general-equilib
rium effects in, 57-58
Gelman, Andrew, 1 1 5
general-equilibrium interactions,
41, 56-5 8 , 69n, 9 1 , 1 2 0
General Theory of Second Best,
5 8-61
Germany, comparative advantage
principle and, 59-60
Gibbard, Allan, 20
Gilboa, Itzhak, 72, 73
Gini coefficient, 138
globalization, 1 39-41 , 143, 164-67,
184
Gneezy, Uri, 71n
Gold Standard, 2 , 1 27
goods and services, economic mod
els and, 1 2
Gordon, Roger, 1 5 1 n
Grand Theory of Employment,
Interest, and Money, The
(Keynes), 1 28
greenback era, 127n
Greenspan, Alan, 1 5 8, 1 59
gross domestic product (GDP), 1 5 1 11
labor productivity and, 1 23
growth diagnostics, 86-93, 90, 97,
1 1 0-1 1
Haldane, Andrew, 197
Hamilton, Alexander, 187
Hanna, Rema, 1 07
Hanson, Gordon, 141
Harvard University, xi, 1 1 1 , 136,
149, 197, 198
Hausmann, Ricardo, 1 1 1
health care:
in antipoverty programs, 4,
105-7
models and, 5, 36-37, 105-7
Heckscher, Eli, 139
Herndon, Thomas, 77
Hicks, John, 128, 133
Hiebert, Stephanie, xv
240
I N D E X
Hirschman, Albert 0 . , 144-45 ,
1 95, 2 1 0 n-1 1 n
housing bubble, 1 53-54, 1 5 6
human capital, 87, 8 8 , 92
Humphrey, Thomas M., 1 3 n
Hunting Causes a n d Using Them:
Approaches in Philosophy and
Economics (Cartwright), 22n
import quotas, 149
incentives, 7, 170, 172 , 1 8 8-92
income:
functional distribution of, 1 21
military service and, 1 0 8
personal distribution of, 1 21
income inequality, 1 17, 1 24-2 5 ,
1 3 8-44, 147-49
deregulation in, 143
factor endowments theory in,
1 39-40
Gini coefficient and, 1 3 8
globalization i n , 1 39-41 , 143
in manufacturing, 141
offshoring in, 141
skill premium in, 1 38-40, 142
skill upgrading in, 140, 141 , 142
technological change in, 141-43
trade in, 1 39-40
India, 1 07, 1 54
Indonesia, 166
industrial organization, 201
industrial revolution, 1 1 5
industry:
developing economies and poli
cies on, 75-76, 87, 8 8
government intervention and,
34-35
inflation, 185
in business cycles, 1 26-27, 1 30-
3 1 , 1 33, 1 3 5 , 1 37
public spending and, 1 1 4
infrastructure, 87, 9 1 , 1 1 1 , 163
Institute for Advanced Study (IAS),
xii-xiii, xiv
School of Social Science at, xii
Institute for International
Economics, 1 59
institutions:
development economics and, 98,
161, 202, 2 05-7
labor productivity and, 1 2 3
insurance, banking and, 1 55
interest rates, 39, 64, 1 1 0, 1 29-30,
1 5 6 , 161
internal validity, 23-24
International B ank for
Reconstruction and
Development, 2
see also World Bank
241
international economics, 2 01-2
International Monetary Fund
(IMF), 1 n, 2
Washington Consensus and, 160,
165
I N D E X
Internet, big data and, 38
"Interview with Eugene Fama"
(Cassidy), 1 57n
investment:
business cycles and, 129-30, 136
foreign markets and, 87, 89, 90,
92, 165-67
income inequality and, 141
savings and, 1 29-30, 165-67
Invisible Hand Theorem, 48-5 0 ,
5 1 n, 182, 1 8 6
Israel, 1 0 3 , 1 8 8
day care study in, 71 , 190-9 1
Japan:
city growth models and, 108
income inequality and, 139
Jenkins, Holman W. , Jr. , 135n
Jevons, William S tanley, 119
Kahneman, Daniel, 203
Kenya, 106-7
Keynes, John Maynard, 1-2 , 31 ,
46, 165
on business cycles, 127-37
on liquidity traps, 1 3 0
see also models, Keynesian types
of
Klemperer, Paul, 36n
Klinger, Bailey, 1 1 l n
Korea, S outh, 1 6 3 , 1 6 4 , 1 6 6
Kremer, Michael, 1 06-7
Krugman, Paul, 1 3 6 , 148
Kuhn, Thomas, 64n
Kupers, Roland, 85
Kydland, Finn E., 1 0 1 n
labor markets, 41, 52 , 5 6 , 5 7 , 9 2 ,
1 0 2 , 1 0 8 , 1 1 1 , 1 1 9, 163
labor productivity, 1 23-24, 141
labor theory of value, 1 17-19
Lancaster, Kelvin, 59
Latin America, Washington
Consensus and, 1 59-63, 166
Leamer, Edward, 1 39
learning, rule-based vs . case-based
forms of, 72
Leij onhufvud, Axel, 9-10
Lepenies, Philipp H . , 2 1 1 n
leverage, 1 54
Levitt, Steven, 7
Levy, Santiago, 3-4, 1 05-6
Lewis, W. Arthur, 32-33
"Life among the Econ"
(Leijonhufvud), 9-10
Lincoln, Abraham, 52
Lipsey, Richard, 59
liquidity, 1 3 4-35, 155, 1 8 5
liquidity traps, 1 3 0
locational advantages, 1 08
London, England, congestion pric
ing and, 3
Lucas, Robert, 1 3 0 , 1 3 1-32,
134-36
242
I N D E X
"Machiavelli's Mistake: Why Good
Laws Are No Substitute for
Good Citizens" (Bowles), 7 1 n
macroeconomics, 39-40, 8 7 , 1 02 ,
1 07, 143, 1 57n, 1 8 1
business cycles and, 125-37
capital flow and, 165-66
classical questions of, 101
demand-side view of, 128-30,
1 36-37
globalization and, 165-66
Madison, James, 187
Maki, Uskali, 22n
malaria, randomized testing and,
1 0 6 , 204
Malthus, Thomas, 1 1 8
Manchester University, 197
Mankiw, Greg, 149, 1 50 , 171n, 197
manufacturing:
economic growth and, 163-64
exchange rate and, 100, 1 63
income inequality and, 141
marginal costs, 1 2 1 , 122
marginalist economics, 1 1 9-22
marginal productivity, 1 20-2 1 ,
1 22-25
marginal utility, 1 2 1 , 122
Mariel boatlift (1980) , 57
market design models, 5
"Market for 'Lemons', The"
(Akerlof), 69n
market fundamentalism, 160, 178
markets:
243
asymmetric information in,
68-69, 70, 71
b ehavioral economics and,
69-7 1 , 1 04-7, 202-4
economic models and, see models
economics courses and, 198
economists' bias toward, 1 69-7 1 ,
182-83
efficiency in, xiii, 14, 21 , 34, 48,
50, 51, 67, 98, 125, 147, 148,
1 50, 1 5 6-5 8 , 161, 165, 170,
192-95, 196
general-equilibrium interactions
in, 41 , 56-5 8 , 69n, 9 1 , 1 2 0
i n Great Recession, 1 56-59
imperfectly competitive types of,
67-69, 70, 136, 1 5 0 , 1 62
incentives in, 7, 170, 172, 1 8 8-
92
institutions and, 98, 161 , 202
likely outcomes in, 17-18
multiple equilibria in, 16-17
perfectly competitive types of, 2 1 ,
27, 28, 47, 69n, 7 1 , 1 22 , 1 8 0
prisoners' dilemma in, 14-1 5 , 20,
21, 61-62 , 1 87, 200
self-interest in, 21, 104, 1 5 8 ,
186-8 8 , 190
social cooperation in, 195-96
supply and demand in, 13-14, 20,
99, 119, 122, 128-30, 136-37, 170
I N D E X
markets (continued)
values in, 1 8 6-96
Washington Consensus and,
1 59-67, 169
Marshall, Alfred, 1 3 n, 32, 1 19
"Marshallian Cross Diagrams and
Their Uses before Alfred
Marshall: The Origins
of Supply and Demand
Geometry" (Humphrey), 1 3 n
Marx, Groucho, 2 6
Marx, Karl, x i , 3 1 , 1 16 , 1 1 8
Massachusetts, University of
(Amherst), 77
Massachusetts Institute of
Technology (MIT), 107, 1 0 8 ,
1 6 5 , 206
mathematical economics, 35
mathematical optimization, 30,
1 0 1 , 202-3
mathematics:
economic models and, 29-37, 47
social sciences and, 33-34
Maxwell's equations, 66n
Meade, James, 5 8
metho dological individualism,
1 8 1
Mexico:
antipoverty programs in, 3-4,
105-6
globalization and, 141 , 166
microeconomics, 1 25-26, 131
microfounded models, 101
Miguel, Ted, 106-7
Milan, Italy, congestion pricing
and, 3
Milgrom, Paul, 36n
minimum wages, employment and,
17-1 8 , 28n, 1 14, 1 1 5 , 1 24, 143 ,
1 5 0 , 1 5 1
Minnesota, University of, 1 3 1
Mishel, Lawrence, 1 24n
models:
authority and criticism of, 76-80
big data and, 38-39, 40
causal factors and, 40-41, 85-86,
9 9-100, 1 14-1 5 , 179, 184, 200,
2 0 1 , 204
244
coherent argument and clarity in,
80-81
common sense in, 1 1
comparative advantage principle
and, 52-5 5 , 58n, 59-60, 1 39,
170
compensation fo r risk and, 1 1 0
computers and, 3 8 , 41
contextual truth in, 20, 174
contingency and, 25 , 145, 173-
74, 1 8 5
coordination and, 16-17, 42 , 2 0 0
critical assumptions in, 1 8 ,
26-29, 94-9 8 , 1 50-5 1 , 1 8 0,
1 83-84, 202
criticisms of, 1 0-1 1 , 178 , 179-85
I N D E X
decision trees and, 89-90, 90
diagnostic analysis and, 86-93,
90, 97, 1 1 0-1 1
direct implications and, 1 00-109
dual economy forms of, 88
efficient-markets hypothesis and,
1 5 6-58
empirical method and, xii, 7, 46,
6 5 , 72-76, 77-78, 1 37, 173-74,
183, 199-206
endogenous growth types of, 88
experiments compared with,
2 1-25
fables compared with, 1 8-21
field experiments and, 23-24,
105-8, 173, 202-5
general-equilibrium interactions
and, 41, 56-5 8 , 69n, 9 1 , 1 2 0
goods a n d services and, 1 2
Great Recession and, 1 55-59
horizontal vs . vertical develop-
ment and, 64n, 67, 71
hypotheses and, 46, 47-56
imperfectly competitive markets
and, 67-69, 70, 136, 150, 162
incidental implications and,
1 09-1 1
institutions and, 1 2 , 9 8 , 202
intuition and, 46, 56-63
Keynesian types of, 40, 88, 1 0 1 ,
1 0 2 , 127-30, 1 3 1 , 1 33-34,
1 36-37
245
knowledge and, 46, 47, 63-72
main elements of, 31
mathematics and, 29-37, 47
neoclassical types of, 40, 8 8 ,
90-9 1 , 1 2 1 , 1 22
new classical approach to, 1 30-
34, 13 6-37
parables and, 20
partial-equilibrium analysis and,
56, 58, 9 1
perfectly competitive markets
and, 2 1 , 27, 28, 47, 69n, 7 1 ,
1 22 , 1 8 0
predictability and, 26-2 8 , 3 8 ,
40-41 , 8 5 , 1 04, 1 0 5 , 1 0 8 , 1 1 5 ,
1 3 2 , 1 3 3 , 1 39-40, 1 8 4-85,
202
principle-agent types of, 1 5 5
questions and, 1 14-16
rationality postulate and, 202-3
real world application of, 171-
72
rules of formulation in, 199-202
scale economy vs . local advan
tage in, 1 0 8
scientific advances b y progressive
formulations of, 63-72
scientific character of, 45-81
second-best theory and, 5 8-61 ,
163-64, 166
selection of, 83-1 1 2 , 1 3 6-37,
178 , 183-84, 208
I N D E X
models (continued)
simplicity and specificity of, 1 1 ,
179-80, 2 1 0
simplicity vs . complexity of,
37-44
social reality of, 65-67, 179
static vs . dynamic types of, 68
strategic interactions and, 61-62 ,
63
of supply and demand, 3, 1 3-14,
20, 99, 1 19, 1 2 2 , 1 2 8-30, 1 36-
37
theories and, 1 1 3-45
time-inconsistent preferences in,
62-63
tipping points arising from, 42
in trade agreements, 41
unrealistic assumptions in,
25-29, 1 8 0-8 1
validity of, 23-24, 66-67, - 1 1 2
variety of, 1 1 , 1 2-1 8 , 26, 6 8 , 7 2 ,
73, 1 14, 1 30, 1 9 8 , 202, 2 0 8 ,
2 1 0
verbal v s . mathematical types o f,
34
verification in selection of,
93-1 1 2
see also economics; macroeco
nomics; markets
"Models Are Experiments,
Experiments are Models"
(Maki), 22n
monetary policies, 87
monopolies, 161
in imperfectly competitive mar
kets, 67-68
in perfectly competitive markets,
1 22
price controls and , 2 8 , 94-97,
1 5 0
Montesquieu, Charles-Louis d e
Secondat, Baron de L a Brede
et de, 196
mortality rates, 206
mortgage-backed securities, 1 55
mortgage finance, 39, 1 5 5
mosquito nets , randomized testing
of, 106, 204
"Mr. Keynes and the 'Classics"'
(Hicks), 1 2 8
Mukand, Sharun, xv
multiple equilibria, 16-17, 42
Nalebuff, Barry, 1 03
Nation, 1 n
natural field exp eriment s , 1 07-
8
natural gas, 60
natural selection, 1 1 3
negative income taxes, 171
Nelson, Richard, 203
Netherlands, 60, 61
"News Flash: Economists Agree"
(Mankiw), 1 7 1 n
2 4 6
I N D E X
New York, N.Y.:
CCT program in, 4
congestion pricing and, 2-3
New York Times, 1 3 6
Nobel Prize, 31 , 3 2 , 3 3 , 49n, 50,
6� 131, 136, 1 5 4, 1 5� 203,
208
North, Douglass, 9 8
Obama, Barack, 1 3 5 , 1 52
offshoring, 141
Ohlin, B ertil, 1 39
oil industry:
OPEC and, 1 30-31
price controls in, 94-97
supply and demand in, 14, 99
value theory and, 1 19-20
Ollion, Etienne, 79n, 200n
"On Exactitude in Science"
(Borges), 43-44
Oportunidades, 4, 1 0 5
opportunity costs, 70
Organization for Economic
Co-operation and
Development (OECD), 1 09,
1 6 4
Organization of Petroleum
Exporting Countries (OPEC),
1 3 0
Ostrom, Elinor, 203n
output, economic, business cycles
and, 1 26
outsourcing, 149, 194
Oxford University, 197n, 198
Pakistan, 106
panics, financial, 1 55
parables, models and, 20
Pareto, Vilfredo, 48
Pareto efficiency, xiii, 14, 48
partial-equilibrium (single market)
analysis, 5 6 , 5 8 , 91
Passions and the Interest, The
(Hirschman), 195
patents, 1 51
path dependence, 42 , 43
Pauli, Wolfgang, 80
perfectly competitive market mod
els, 2 1 , 27, 2 8 , 47, 69n, 7 1 , 1 2 2 ,
180
personal distribution of income,
1 2 1
Peterson Institute, 1 59
Pfleiderer, Paul, 26
"Physicist Experiments with
Cultural Studies, A" (Sokal),
79n
physics, theories and, 1 1 3
pluralism, economics and, 1 96-208
political science, mathematics and,
3 0-3 1 , 34
Follin, Robert, 77
pollution, carbon emissions and,
1 88-9 0 , 1 9 1-92
247
I N D E X
Portugal, 207
comparative advantage principle
and, 52-53
positive spillovers, 1 0 0
positivism, 81
Posner, Richard, 1 52
possibilism, 2 1 0 n-1 1 n
"Possibilism: A n Approach to
Problem-Solving Derived
from the Life and Work
of Albert 0. Hirschman"
(Lepenies), 2 1 1 n
Post-Crash Economics Society
(PCES), 197
precommitment strategies, 63
Prescott, Edward C., 1 0 1 n
pressure groups, 1 8 7
price ceilings, 28
price controls, 28-29, 94-97, 150,
185
price elasticities, 14, 1 8 0-81
price fixing, 179
prices:
in bubbles, 1 52-58
principal-agent models, 155
Principle of Comparative
Advantage, 52-55, 59-60, 1 39,
170
prison cell upgrades, 1 9 2 , 194
prisoners' dilemma, 14-1 5 , 20, 2 1 ,
61-62 , 1 87, 200
privatization, 9 8 , 161 , 162
production functions, 1 1 9, 1 22
productivity, 1 20-2 1 , 1 2 2-25 , 141
Progresa, 4, 1 05-6
property rights, 87, 88, 98, 205
Prospera, 4, 105
"Protection and Real Wages"
(Stolper and Samuelson), 58n,
140n
public spending:
business cycles and, 1 2 8-29,
13 1-32
economic growth and, 76-78,
1 14
quantitative easing, 135
business cycles and, 1 25-26, 1 29, Rajan, Raghu, 1 54
132 randomized controlled trials
consumers and, 1 1 9, 1 29 (RCTs), 202-4, 205
in efficient-markets hypothesis, randomized field experiments,
1 57 105-7, 173, 202-5
minimum wages relative to, 143 rational bubbles, 1 5 4
Princeton University, Woodrow rational choice, 33n
Wilson School at, 3 0 rational expectations, 1 3 2
2 4 8
I N D E X
rationality postulate, 202-3
rationing, 64-65 , 69, 95
Reagan, Ronald W., 49
real business cycle (RBC) models,
1 0 1 n
reasoning, rule-based vs . case-based
forms of, 72
Recession, Great, 1 1 5 , 134-35 ,
1 52-59, 184
recessions:
fiscal stimulus and, 74-75 , 1 2 8 ,
1 30, 1 31-37, 149, 1 50, 1 7 1
inflation a n d (stagflation), 1 30-31
reform fatigue, 8 8
regulation, 143 , 1 5 5 , 1 58-59, 1 60-
61 , 165-6 6 , 208-9
Reinhart, Carmen, 76-78
relativity, general, 1 1 3
rents, 1 19, 1 20, 149, 1 5 0
revenue sharing, 1 24
reverse causal inference, 1 1 5
Ricard, Samuel, 1 9 6
Ricardo, David, 52-53, 1 39, 1 9 6
risk, 1 10 , 141 , 1 6 5
Great Recession and, 1 53-54,
1 5 5 , 1 58 , 1 59
Robinson, James, 206
Rodrik, Dani, 35n
Rogoff, Kenneth, 76-78
Rubinstein, Ariel, 20
rule of law, 205
Russia, 166
Rustichini, Aldo, 71n
Ryan, Stephen, 107
sales tax, 180-81
Samuelson, Paul, 3 1 , 51-5 2 , 53,
58n, 1 2 5 , 14011
Sandel, Michael, 1 89, 1 9 1-9 2 , 194
Sargent, Tom, 1 31-32, 1 3 4
U C graduation speech a n d , 147-
48
savings:
globalization and, 165, 1 6 6
in Great Recession, 1 53
investment and, 129-30, 165-67
scale economies, 1 0 8 , 1 22
Schelling, Thomas, 33, 42 , 62
Schultz, Theodore W. , 75n
Schumacher, E . F. , 177n
Schumpeter, Joseph, 31
science, simplicity and, 179
S cott, Joan, xiv
S econd Fundamental Theorem of
Welfare Economics, 47n
segregation, tipping points in white
flight and, 42
self-interest, 21, 104, 158, 186-88, 190
Shaw, George Bernard, 1 51
Shiller, Robert, 1 5 4, 1 57, 1 59
signaling, 69
Simon, Herbert, 203
Singapore, congestion pricing and,
3
249
I N D E X
single market (partial-equilibrium)
analysis, 5 6 , 5 8 , 9 1
skill-biased technological change
(SBTC), 142-43
skill premium, 1 38-40, 142
skill upgrading, 140, 141, 142
Smith, Adam, xi 48-49, 50, 9 8 ,
1 1 6 , 182, 203
Smith, John Maynard, 35n
Smith, Noah , 148
social choice theory, 36
social media, big data and, 38
social sciences:
critical review in, 79-80
economics and, xii-xiii, 45 ,
1 8 1-8 2 , 202-7
universal theories and, 1 1 6
S okal, Alan, 79n
" S okal's Hoax" (Weinberg), 66n
South Africa, 24, 86,_9 1 , 1 1_1
South Sea bubble, 1 54
Soviet Union, 9 8 , 1 51-52
White and, l n
Spain, 207
speculative capital :flow, 2
Spence, Michael, 6 8
stagflation, 1 30-31
statistical analysis, 7
Steil, Benn, 1 n-2n
Stiglitz, Joseph, 3 1 , 68
Stockholm, Sweden, congestion
pricing and, 3
Stolper, Wolfgang, 5 8 n , 140n
Stolper-Samuelson theorem, 58n, 140n
stotting, 35n
strategic interactions, economic
models and, 61-62 , 63
string theory, 1 1 3
Structure of Scientific Revolutions, The
(Kuhn), 64n
Subramanian, Arvind, xv
subsidies, 4 , 34-3 5 , 75 , 105, 149,
193, 194
Sugden, Robert, 1 1 2 , 172n
Summers, Larry, 136, 1 59
sunk costs, 70, 73
Superiority of Economists, The
(Fourcade, Ollion, and Algan),
79n, 200n
supply and demand, 3, 13-14, 20, 99,
122, 128-30, 132, 1 36-37, 170
prices and, 14, 1 1 9
taxes and, 1 4
surrogate mothers, 192
Switzerland, 188
Taiwan, 163
Tanzania, 5 5
tariffs, 1 4 9 , 161, 162
taxes , taxation, 14, 17, 27-2 8 ,
250
87, 88, 1 36 , 1 37, 1 5 1 , 174,
1 8 0-8 1
carbon emissions and, 1 88-90,
19 1-92
I N D E X
entrepreneurship and, 74
fiscal stimulus and, 74, 75, 149, 171
negative income and, 171
technology, income inequality and,
141-43
telecommunications, game theory
and, 5 , 3 6
Thailand, 1 6 6
Thatcher, Margaret, 49
theories:
models vs . , 1 1 3-45
specific events explained by,
1 3 8-44
universal validity of, 1 14
time-inconsistent preferences, 62-63
"Time to Build and Aggregate
Fluctuation" (Kydland and
Prescott), 1 0 1 n
tipping points, 42
Tirole, Jean, 208-9
trade, 11, 87, 91 , 136, 141, 182-83, 194
in business cycles, 127
comparative advantage in, 52-55,
58n, 59, 139, 170
computational models in track
ing of, 41
current account deficits and, 153
general-equilibrium effects and,
41 , 56-5 8 , 69n, 9 1 , 1 2 0
income inequality i n , 1 39-40
liberalization of, 160, 162-63,
165, 1 69
251
outsourcing and, 149
public sector size and, 109-10
second-best theory applied in,
58-61 , 1 63-64, 166
2x2 model of, 52-53
trade creation effect, 59
trade diversion effect, 59
trade unions, 124, 143
Transatlantic Trade and Investment
Partnership (TTIP), 41
Transforming Traditional Agriculture
(Schultz), 75 n
transportation, congestion pricing
and, 2-3
Truman, Harry S . , 1 5 1
tulip bubble, 1 54
Turkey, 166
Ulam, Stanislaw, 51
ultimatum game, 104
unemployment, 102
in business cycles, 1 25-37
classical view of, 1 2 6
in Great Recession, 1 5 3
wages and, 1 1 8 , 1 5 0
see also employment
Unger, Roberto Mangabeira, xi
United States:
comparative advantage principle
and, 59-60, 139
deficit in, 149
educational vouchers in, 24
I N D E X
United States (continued )
federal system in, 187
garment industry in, 57-58
Gold Standard in, 1 27
Great Depression in, 1 2 8
Great Recession i n , 1 1 5 , 1 34-3 5 ,
1 52-59
housing bubble in, 1 53-5 4, 1 5 6
immigration issue i n , 5 6-57
income inequality in, 1 17, 1 24-
25, 1 3 8-44
labor productivity and wages in,
1 23-24, 141
national debt in, 153
outsourcing in, 149
trade agreements of, 41
universal validity, 66-67
Uruguay, 86
validity, external ·vs:interrtal types
of, 23-24
value, theories of, 1 17-21
Varian, Hal, 20
verbal models, 3 4
Vickrey, William, 2-3
Vietnam, 57-58
Vietnam War, 1 0 8
"Views among Economists:
Professional Consensus
or Point-Counterpoint?"
(Gordon and Dahl), 1 51 n
voting, social choice theory and, 3 6
wages:
behavioral economics and, 70
in business cycles, 1 26
currency appreciation and, 6 0 n
education and, 173
employment and minimums for,
17-1 8 , 28n, 1 14 , 1 1 5 , 1 24, 143 ,
1 50, 1 5 1
immigration and, 56-57
in labor theory of value, 1 17-19
productivity and, 1 20-2 1 , 1 22-
2 5 , 141
second-best theorem and, 61
trade and, 1 39-40
Wagner, Rodrigo, 11 l n
Walras, Leon, 1 19
Walzer, Michael, xiv
Washington Consensus, 1 59-67,
1 69
Watts, D uncan, 39
Wedges between Productivity and
Median Compensation Growth,
The (Mishel), 1 24n
Weinberg, Stephen, 66n
Weinstein, David, 1 0 8
welfare, 47-51 , 54, 1 7 1
"What Debate? Economists Agree
the Stimulus Lifted the
Economy" (Wolfers), 1 35n
"When Economics Students
Rebel" (Wren-Lewis), 197n
White, Harry Dexter, 1-2
252
I N D E X
white flight, segregation and, 42
"Why We Learn Nothing from
Regressing Economic Growth
on Policies" (Rodrik), 35n
Wicksell, Knut, 1 19
Williamson, John, 1 59-60
Wolfers, Justin, 135n
World Bank, 1 n , 2 , 87
Washington Consensus and, 160
World War II, 2n, 108, 165
Wren-Lewis, Simon, 197n, 198
"Writing 'The Market for "Lemons"':
A Personal and Interpretive
Essay" (Akerlof), 69n
W. W. Norton, xiv-xv
Wylie, Andrew, xiv
Yale University, 103, 1 07, 109
2 5 3